--- title: "Numbered Discourses: The Eights · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Aṭṭhakanipāta" author: "The Buddha" translator: "Bhikkhu Sujato" languages: [pi, en] shelf: "Pali Canon" url: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/ cite: "The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato, Numbered Discourses: The Eights · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Aṭṭhakanipāta. Scriptura (scriptura.si), https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/" --- # Numbered Discourses: The Eights · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Aṭṭhakanipāta *The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato* Teachings grouped in eights: eight worldly conditions, the eight thoughts of a great man, Mahāpajāpatī and the ordination of nuns. > Pali: the Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka (Buddha Jayanti edition, 2500), from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). > English: Bhikkhu Sujato, from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). Notes are not included. > Rows follow the segment numbers the two texts share, gathered into paragraphs; verse keeps its lines. ## Contents 1. [Love · AN 8.1–8.8](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/1.md) 2. [Love · AN 8.9–8.10](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/2.md) 3. [The Great Chapter · AN 8.11–8.12](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/3.md) 4. [The Great Chapter · AN 8.13–8.19](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/4.md) 5. [The Great Chapter · AN 8.20](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/5.md) 6. [Householders · AN 8.21–8.28](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/6.md) 7. [Householders · AN 8.29–8.30](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/7.md) 8. [Giving · AN 8.31–8.40](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/8.md) 9. [Sabbath · AN 8.41–8.45](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/9.md) 10. [Sabbath · AN 8.46–8.50](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/10.md) 11. [Gotamī · AN 8.51–8.56](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/11.md) 12. [Gotamī · AN 8.57–8.60](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/12.md) 13. [Earthquakes · AN 8.61–8.69](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/13.md) 14. [Earthquakes · AN 8.70](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/14.md) 15. [Pairs · AN 8.71–8.78](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/15.md) 16. [Pairs · AN 8.79–8.80](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/16.md) 17. [Mindfulness · AN 8.81–8.89](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/17.md) 18. [Abbreviated Texts Beginning With Greed · AN 8.118–8.148–627](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/18.md) ## 1. Love · AN 8.1–8.8 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/1/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/1/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.1 · The Benefits of Love > Pali: AN 8.1 · Mettāsutta [¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, “Mendicants!” > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti. [¶2] “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶3] “Mendicants, you can expect eight benefits when the heart’s release by love has been cultivated, developed, and practiced, made a vehicle and a basis, kept up, consolidated, and properly implemented. What eight? You sleep at ease. You wake happily. You don’t have bad dreams. Humans love you. Non-humans love you. Deities protect you. You can’t be harmed by fire, poison, or blade. If you don’t penetrate any higher, you’ll be reborn in a realm of divinity. You can expect these eight benefits when the heart’s release by love has been cultivated, developed, and practiced, made a vehicle and a basis, kept up, consolidated, and properly implemented. > Pali: “Mettāya, bhikkhave, cetovimuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya aṭṭhānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Sukhaṁ supati, sukhaṁ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṁ supinaṁ passati, manussānaṁ piyo hoti, amanussānaṁ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, nāssa aggi vā visaṁ vā satthaṁ vā kamati, uttariṁ appaṭivijjhanto brahmalokūpago hoti. Mettāya, bhikkhave, cetovimuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya ime aṭṭhānisaṁsā pāṭikaṅkhāti. [¶4] A mindful one who develops limitless love weakens the fetters, seeing the ending of attachments. > Pali: Yo ca mettaṁ bhāvayati, appamāṇaṁ paṭissato; Tanū saṁyojanā honti, passato upadhikkhayaṁ. [¶5] Loving just one creature with a hateless heart makes you a true person. Sympathetic for all creatures, a noble one creates abundant merit. > Pali: Ekampi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto, Mettāyati kusalī tena hoti; Sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampī, Pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṁ. [¶6] The royal potentates conquered this land and traveled around sponsoring sacrifices— horse sacrifice, human sacrifice, the sacrifices of the ‘casting of the yoke-pin’, the ‘royal soma drinking’, and the ‘unimpeded’. > Pali: Ye sattasaṇḍaṁ pathaviṁ vijetvā, Rājisayo yajamānā anupariyagā; Assamedhaṁ purisamedhaṁ, Sammāpāsaṁ vājapeyyaṁ niraggaḷaṁ. [¶7] These are not worth a sixteenth part of the mind developed with love, as all the constellations of stars aren’t worth a sixteenth part of the moon’s light. > Pali: Mettassa cittassa subhāvitassa, Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṁ; Candappabhā tāragaṇāva sabbe, Yathā na agghanti kalampi soḷasiṁ. [¶8] Don’t kill or cause others to kill, don’t conquer or encourage others to conquer, with love for all sentient beings, you’ll have no enmity for anyone.” > Pali: Yo na hanti na ghāteti, na jināti na jāpaye; Mettaṁso sabbabhūtānaṁ, veraṁ tassa na kenacī”ti. [¶9] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶10] AN 8.2 · Wisdom > Pali: AN 8.2 · Paññāsutta [¶11] “Mendicants, there are eight causes and reasons that lead to acquiring the wisdom fundamental to the spiritual life, and to its increase, growth, and full development once it has been acquired. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? [¶12] It’s when a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. And they set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. This is the first cause. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶13] When a mendicant lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role—with a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect—from time to time they go and ask them questions: ‘Why, sir, does it say this? What does that mean?’ Those venerables reveal what is hidden, clarify what is unclear, and dispel doubt regarding the many doubtful matters. This is the second cause. > Pali: So taṁ satthāraṁ upanissāya viharanto aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca, te kālena kālaṁ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati: ‘idaṁ, bhante, kathaṁ; imassa ko attho’ti? Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānīkaronti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṁ paṭivinodenti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶14] After hearing that teaching they perfect withdrawal of both body and mind. This is the third cause. > Pali: So taṁ dhammaṁ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti—kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶15] A mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. This is the fourth cause. > Pali: Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶16] They’re very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and penetrating them theoretically. This is the fifth cause. > Pali: Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶17] They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. This is the sixth cause. > Pali: Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶18] When in the Saṅgha they don’t engage in motley talk or low talk. Either they talk on Dhamma, or they invite someone else to do so, or they respect noble silence. This is the seventh cause. > Pali: Saṅghagato kho pana anānākathiko hoti atiracchānakathiko. Sāmaṁ vā dhammaṁ bhāsati paraṁ vā ajjhesati ariyaṁ vā tuṇhībhāvaṁ nātimaññati. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶19] They meditate observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. ‘Such is form, such is the origin of form, such is the disappearance of form. Such is feeling, such is the origin of feeling, such is the disappearance of feeling. Such is perception, such is the origin of perception, such is the disappearance of perception. Such are choices, such is the origin of choices, such is the disappearance of choices. Such is consciousness, such is the origin of consciousness, such is the disappearance of consciousness.’ This is the eighth cause. > Pali: Pañcasu kho pana upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati: ‘iti rūpaṁ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo; iti saññā …pe… iti saṅkhārā … iti viññāṇaṁ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattati. [¶20] Their spiritual companions esteem them: ‘This venerable lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role. They set up a keen sense of conscience and prudence for them, with warmth and respect. Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: Tamenaṁ sabrahmacārī evaṁ sambhāventi: ‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā satthāraṁ upanissāya viharati aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶21] ‘This venerable lives relying on the Teacher or a spiritual companion in a teacher’s role, and from time to time they go and ask them questions … Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality also leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: ‘Taṁ kho panāyamāyasmā satthāraṁ upanissāya viharanto aññataraṁ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ, yatthassa tibbaṁ hirottappaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti pemañca gāravo ca, te kālena kālaṁ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati: “idaṁ, bhante, kathaṁ; imassa ko attho”ti? Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānīkaronti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṁ paṭivinodenti. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶22] ‘After hearing that teaching they perfect withdrawal of both body and mind. Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality also leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: ‘Taṁ kho panāyamāyasmā dhammaṁ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti—kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶23] ‘This venerable is ethical … Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality also leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: ‘Sīlavā kho panāyamāyasmā pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶24] ‘This venerable is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. … Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality also leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: ‘Bahussuto kho panāyamāyasmā sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶25] ‘This venerable lives with energy roused up … Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality also leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: ‘Āraddhavīriyo kho panāyamāyasmā viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶26] ‘When in the Saṅgha they don’t engage in motley talk or low talk. Either they talk on Dhamma, or they invite someone else to do so, or they respect noble silence. Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality also leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: ‘Saṅghagato kho panāyamāyasmā anānākathiko hoti atiracchānakathiko. Sāmaṁ vā dhammaṁ bhāsati paraṁ vā ajjhesati ariyaṁ vā tuṇhībhāvaṁ nātimaññati. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶27] ‘They meditate observing rise and fall in the five grasping aggregates. … Clearly this venerable knows and sees.’ This quality also leads to fondness, respect, esteem, harmony, and unity. > Pali: ‘Pañcasu kho panāyamāyasmā upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati— iti rūpaṁ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā …pe… iti saññā … iti saṅkhārā … iti viññāṇaṁ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamoti. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṁ jānāti passaṁ passatī’ti. Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṁvattati. [¶28] These are the eight causes and reasons that lead to acquiring the wisdom fundamental to the spiritual life, and to its increase, growth, and full development once it has been acquired.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṁvattantī”ti. [¶29] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶30] AN 8.3 · Disliked (1st) > Pali: AN 8.3 · Paṭhamaappiyasutta [¶31] “Mendicants, a mendicant with eight qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. What eight? It’s when a mendicant praises the disliked and criticizes the liked. They desire material things and honor. They lack conscience and prudence. They have corrupt wishes and wrong view. A mendicant with these eight qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appiyapasaṁsī ca hoti, piyagarahī ca, lābhakāmo ca, sakkārakāmo ca, ahiriko ca, anottappī ca, pāpiccho ca, micchādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. [¶32] A mendicant with eight qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, and respected and admired. What eight? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t praise the disliked and criticize the liked. They don’t desire material things and honor. They have conscience and prudence. They have few desires and right view. A mendicant with these eight qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, and respected and admired.” > Pali: Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na appiyapasaṁsī ca hoti, na piyagarahī ca, na lābhakāmo ca, na sakkārakāmo ca, hirīmā ca hoti, ottappī ca, appiccho ca, sammādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā”ti. [¶33] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶34] AN 8.4 · Disliked (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.4 · Dutiyaappiyasutta [¶35] “Mendicants, a mendicant with eight qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. What eight? It’s when a mendicant desires material things, honor, and status. They know neither moderation nor the proper time. Their conduct is impure, they talk a lot, and they insult and abuse their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these eight qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lābhakāmo ca hoti, sakkārakāmo ca, anavaññattikāmo ca, akālaññū ca, amattaññū ca, asuci ca, bahubhāṇī ca, akkosakaparibhāsako ca sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. [¶36] A mendicant with eight qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, and respected and admired. What eight? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t desire material things, honor, and status. They know moderation and the proper time. Their conduct is pure, they don’t talk a lot, and they don’t insult and abuse their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these eight qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, and respected and admired.” > Pali: Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na lābhakāmo ca hoti, na sakkārakāmo ca, na anavaññattikāmo ca, kālaññū ca, mattaññū ca, suci ca, na bahubhāṇī ca, anakkosakaparibhāsako ca sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā”ti. [¶37] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶38] AN 8.5 · Worldly Conditions (1st) > Pali: AN 8.5 · Paṭhamalokadhammasutta [¶39] “Mendicants, the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions. What eight? Gain and loss, fame and disgrace, blame and praise, pleasure and pain. These eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around these eight worldly conditions. > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati. Katame aṭṭha? Lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṁsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca ime aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattatīti. [¶40] Gain and loss, fame and disgrace, blame and praise, and pleasure and pain. These qualities among mankind are impermanent, transient, and perishable. > Pali: Lābho alābho ca yasāyaso ca, Nindā pasaṁsā ca sukhaṁ dukhañca; Ete aniccā manujesu dhammā, Asassatā vipariṇāmadhammā. [¶41] An intelligent and mindful person knows these things, seeing that they’re perishable. Desirable things don’t disturb their mind, nor are they repelled by the undesirable. > Pali: Ete ca ñatvā satimā sumedho, Avekkhati vipariṇāmadhamme; Iṭṭhassa dhammā na mathenti cittaṁ, Aniṭṭhato no paṭighātameti. [¶42] Both favoring and opposing are cleared and disappeared, they are no more. Knowing the stainless, sorrowless state, they who have gone beyond rebirth understand rightly.” > Pali: Tassānurodhā atha vā virodhā, Vidhūpitā atthaṅgatā na santi; Padañca ñatvā virajaṁ asokaṁ, Sammappajānāti bhavassa pāragū”ti. [¶43] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶44] AN 8.6 · Worldly Conditions (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.6 · Dutiyalokadhammasutta [¶45] “Mendicants, the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions. What eight? Gain and loss, fame and disgrace, blame and praise, pleasure and pain. These eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around these eight worldly conditions. > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati. Katame aṭṭha? Lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṁsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca ime aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati. [¶46] An unlearned ordinary person encounters gain and loss, fame and disgrace, blame and praise, and pleasure and pain. And so does a learned noble disciple. What, then, is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an ordinary unlearned person?” > Pali: Assutavato, bhikkhave, puthujjanassa uppajjati lābhopi alābhopi yasopi ayasopi nindāpi pasaṁsāpi sukhampi dukkhampi. Sutavatopi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa uppajjati lābhopi alābhopi yasopi ayasopi nindāpi pasaṁsāpi sukhampi dukkhampi. Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā”ti? [¶47] “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.” > Pali: “Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. [¶48] “Well then, mendicants, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶49] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶50] “Mendicants, an unlearned ordinary person encounters gain. They don’t reflect: ‘I’ve encountered this gain. It’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable.’ They don’t truly understand it. They encounter loss … fame … disgrace … blame … praise … pleasure … pain. They don’t reflect: ‘I’ve encountered this pain. It’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable.’ They don’t truly understand it. > Pali: “assutavato, bhikkhave, puthujjanassa uppajjati lābho. So na iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘uppanno kho me ayaṁ lābho; so ca kho anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti. Uppajjati alābho …pe… uppajjati yaso … uppajjati ayaso … uppajjati nindā … uppajjati pasaṁsā … uppajjati sukhaṁ … uppajjati dukkhaṁ. So na iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘uppannaṁ kho me idaṁ dukkhaṁ; tañca kho aniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhamman’ti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti. [¶51] So gain and loss, fame and disgrace, blame and praise, and pleasure and pain occupy their mind. They favor gain and oppose loss. They favor fame and oppose disgrace. They favor praise and oppose blame. They favor pleasure and oppose pain. Being so full of favoring and opposing, they’re not freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. > Pali: Tassa lābhopi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, alābhopi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, yasopi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, ayasopi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, nindāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, pasaṁsāpi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, sukhampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, dukkhampi cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. So uppannaṁ lābhaṁ anurujjhati, alābhe paṭivirujjhati; uppannaṁ yasaṁ anurujjhati, ayase paṭivirujjhati; uppannaṁ pasaṁsaṁ anurujjhati, nindāya paṭivirujjhati; uppannaṁ sukhaṁ anurujjhati, dukkhe paṭivirujjhati. So evaṁ anurodhavirodhasamāpanno na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. [¶52] A learned noble disciple encounters gain. They reflect: ‘I’ve encountered this gain. It’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable.’ They truly understand it. They encounter loss … fame … disgrace … blame … praise … pleasure … pain. They reflect: ‘I’ve encountered this pain. It’s impermanent, suffering, and perishable.’ They truly understand it. > Pali: Sutavato ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa uppajjati lābho. So iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘uppanno kho me ayaṁ lābho; so ca kho anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. Uppajjati alābho …pe… uppajjati yaso … uppajjati ayaso … uppajjati nindā … uppajjati pasaṁsā … uppajjati sukhaṁ … uppajjati dukkhaṁ. So iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘uppannaṁ kho me idaṁ dukkhaṁ; tañca kho aniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhamman’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti. [¶53] So gain and loss, fame and disgrace, blame and praise, and pleasure and pain don’t occupy their mind. They don’t favor gain or oppose loss. They don’t favor fame or oppose disgrace. They don’t favor praise or oppose blame. They don’t favor pleasure or oppose pain. Having given up favoring and opposing, they’re freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re freed from suffering, I say. This is the difference between a learned noble disciple and an unlearned ordinary person. > Pali: Tassa lābhopi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, alābhopi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, yasopi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, ayasopi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, nindāpi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, pasaṁsāpi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, sukhampi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, dukkhampi cittaṁ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. So uppannaṁ lābhaṁ nānurujjhati, alābhe nappaṭivirujjhati; uppannaṁ yasaṁ nānurujjhati, ayase nappaṭivirujjhati; uppannaṁ pasaṁsaṁ nānurujjhati, nindāya nappaṭivirujjhati; uppannaṁ sukhaṁ nānurujjhati, dukkhe nappaṭivirujjhati. So evaṁ anurodhavirodhavippahīno parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṁ adhippayāso idaṁ nānākaraṇaṁ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenāti. [¶54] Gain and loss, fame and disgrace, blame and praise, and pleasure and pain. These qualities among mankind are impermanent, transient, and perishable. > Pali: Lābho alābho ca yasāyaso ca, Nindā pasaṁsā ca sukhaṁ dukhañca; Ete aniccā manujesu dhammā, Asassatā vipariṇāmadhammā. [¶55] An intelligent and mindful person knows these things, seeing that they’re perishable. Desirable things don’t disturb their mind, nor are they repelled by the undesirable. > Pali: Ete ca ñatvā satimā sumedho, Avekkhati vipariṇāmadhamme; Iṭṭhassa dhammā na mathenti cittaṁ, Aniṭṭhato no paṭighātameti. [¶56] Both favoring and opposing are cleared and disappeared, they are no more. Knowing the stainless, sorrowless state, they who have gone beyond rebirth understand rightly.” > Pali: Tassānurodhā atha vā virodhā, Vidhūpitā atthaṅgatā na santi; Padañca ñatvā virajaṁ asokaṁ, Sammappajānāti bhavassa pāragū”ti. [¶57] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶58] AN 8.7 · Devadatta’s Failure > Pali: AN 8.7 · Devadattavipattisutta [¶59] At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. There the Buddha spoke to the mendicants about Devadatta: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. Tatra bhagavā devadattaṁ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi: [¶60] “Mendicants, it’s good for a mendicant to check their own failings from time to time. It’s good for a mendicant to check the failings of others from time to time. It’s good for a mendicant to check their own successes from time to time. It’s good for a mendicant to check the successes of others from time to time. Overcome and overwhelmed by eight things that oppose the true teaching, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. > Pali: “sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. [¶61] What eight? Overcome and overwhelmed by gain … loss … fame … disgrace … honor … dishonor … corrupt wishes … bad friendship, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. Overcome and overwhelmed by these eight things that oppose the true teaching, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. > Pali: Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Lābhena hi, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Alābhena, bhikkhave …pe… yasena, bhikkhave … ayasena, bhikkhave … sakkārena, bhikkhave … asakkārena, bhikkhave … pāpicchatāya, bhikkhave … pāpamittatāya, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. [¶62] It’s good for a mendicant, whenever they encounter it, to overcome gain … loss … fame … disgrace … honor … dishonor … corrupt wishes … bad friendship. > Pali: Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya, uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya. [¶63] What advantage does a mendicant gain by overcoming these eight things? > Pali: Kiñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṁ paṭicca uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya, uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya? [¶64] The distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without overcoming these eight things do not arise when they have overcome them. This is the advantage that a mendicant gains by overcoming these eight things. > Pali: Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṁ lābhaṁ anabhibhuyya viharato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya viharato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ anabhibhuyya viharato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya viharato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṁ paṭicca uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya, uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya. [¶65] So, mendicants, you should train like this: ‘Whenever we encounter it, we will overcome gain … loss … fame … disgrace … honor … dishonor … corrupt wishes … bad friendship.’ That’s how you should train.” > Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāma, uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. [¶66] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶67] AN 8.8 · Uttara on Failure > Pali: AN 8.8 · Uttaravipattisutta [¶68] At one time Venerable Uttara was staying on the Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in the Mahisa region near Dhavajālikā. There Uttara addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, it’s good for a mendicant to check their own failings from time to time. It’s good for a mendicant to check the failings of others from time to time. It’s good for a mendicant to check their own successes from time to time. It’s good for a mendicant to check the successes of others from time to time.” > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṁ viharati saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ. Tatra kho āyasmā uttaro bhikkhū āmantesi: “sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hotī”ti. [¶69] Now at that time the great king Vessavaṇa was on his way from the north to the south on some business. He heard Venerable Uttara teaching this to the mendicants on Saṅkheyyaka Mountain. > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena vessavaṇo mahārājā uttarāya disāya dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ gacchati kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosi kho vessavaṇo mahārājā āyasmato uttarassa mahisavatthusmiṁ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desentassa: “sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hotī”ti. [¶70] Then Vessavaṇa vanished from Saṅkheyyaka Mountain and appeared among the gods of the thirty-three, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm. Then he went up to Sakka, lord of gods, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ mahisavatthusmiṁ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ antarahito devesu tāvatiṁsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā yena sakko devānamindo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ etadavoca: [¶71] “Please good fellow, you should know this. Venerable Uttara is teaching the mendicants on Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in this way: ‘It’s good for a mendicant from time to time to check their own failings. … the failings of others … their own successes … the successes of others.’” > Pali: “yagghe, mārisa, jāneyyāsi. Eso āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṁ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ …pe… attasampattiṁ … parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hotī’”ti. [¶72] Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, Sakka vanished from the gods of the thirty-three and reappeared on Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in front of Venerable Uttara. Then Sakka went up to Venerable Uttara, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho sakko devānamindo seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ devesu tāvatiṁsesu antarahito mahisavatthusmiṁ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ āyasmato uttarassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Atha kho sakko devānamindo yenāyasmā uttaro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uttaraṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṁ uttaraṁ etadavoca: [¶73] “Is it really true, sir, that you teach the mendicants in this way: ‘It’s good for a mendicant from time to time to check their own failings … the failings of others … their own successes … the successes of others’?” > Pali: “Saccaṁ kira, bhante, āyasmā uttaro bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desesi: ‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti, sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ …pe… attasampattiṁ … parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hotī’”ti? [¶74] “Indeed, lord of gods.” > Pali: “Evaṁ, devānamindā”ti. [¶75] “Sir, did this teaching come to you from your own inspiration, or was it spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” > Pali: “Kiṁ panidaṁ, bhante, āyasmato uttarassa sakaṁ paṭibhānaṁ, udāhu tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassā”ti? [¶76] “Well then, lord of gods, I shall give you a simile. For by means of a simile some sensible people understand the meaning of what is said. > Pali: “Tena hi, devānaminda, upamaṁ te karissāmi. Upamāya m’idhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānanti. [¶77] Suppose there was a large heap of grain not far from a town or village. And a large crowd were to take away grain with carrying poles, baskets, hip sacks, or their cupped hands. If someone were to go to that crowd and ask them where they got the grain from, how should that crowd rightly reply?” > Pali: Seyyathāpi, devānaminda, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre mahādhaññarāsi. Tato mahājanakāyo dhaññaṁ āhareyya— kājehipi piṭakehipi ucchaṅgehipi añjalīhipi. Yo nu kho, devānaminda, taṁ mahājanakāyaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ puccheyya: ‘kuto imaṁ dhaññaṁ āharathā’ti, kathaṁ byākaramāno nu kho, devānaminda, so mahājanakāyo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā”ti? [¶78] “Sir, they should reply that they took it from the large heap of grain.” > Pali: “‘Amumhā mahādhaññarāsimhā āharāmā’ti kho, bhante, so mahājanakāyo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā”ti. [¶79] “In the same way, lord of gods, whatever is well spoken is spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. Both myself and others rely completely on that when we speak.” > Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho, devānaminda, yaṁ kiñci subhāsitaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Tato upādāyupādāya mayaṁ caññe ca bhaṇāmā”ti. [¶80] “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! How well this was said by Venerable Uttara! ‘Whatever is well spoken is spoken by the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. Both myself and others rely completely on that when we speak.’ At one time, Honorable Uttara, the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left. There the Buddha spoke to the mendicants about Devadatta: > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ bhante. Yāva subhāsitañcidaṁ āyasmatā uttarena: ‘yaṁ kiñci subhāsitaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Tato upādāyupādāya mayañcaññe ca bhaṇāmā’ti. Ekamidaṁ, bhante uttara, samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. Tatra kho bhagavā devadattaṁ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi: [¶81] ‘Mendicants, it’s good for a mendicant from time to time to check their own failings … the failings of others … their own successes … the successes of others. Overcome and overwhelmed by eight things that oppose the true teaching, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. What eight? Overcome and overwhelmed by gain … loss … fame … disgrace … honor … dishonor … corrupt wishes … bad friendship, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. Overcome and overwhelmed by these eight things that oppose the true teaching, Devadatta is going to a place of loss, to hell, there to remain for an eon, irredeemable. > Pali: ‘Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ attavipattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṁ paravipattiṁ …pe… attasampattiṁ … parasampattiṁ paccavekkhitā hoti. Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Lābhena hi, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho; alābhena, bhikkhave …pe… yasena, bhikkhave … ayasena, bhikkhave … sakkārena, bhikkhave … asakkārena, bhikkhave … pāpicchatāya, bhikkhave … pāpamittatāya, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. [¶82] It’s good for a mendicant, whenever they encounter it, to overcome gain … loss … fame … disgrace … honor … dishonor … corrupt wishes … bad friendship. > Pali: Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya; uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya. [¶83] What advantage does a mendicant gain by overcoming these eight things? > Pali: Kiñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṁ paṭicca uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya; uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya? [¶84] The distressing and feverish defilements that might arise in someone who lives without overcoming these eight things do not arise when they have overcome them. This is the advantage that a mendicant gains by overcoming these eight things. > Pali: Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṁ lābhaṁ anabhibhuyya viharato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya viharato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Yaṁ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ anabhibhuyya viharato uppajjeyyuṁ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya viharato evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṁ paṭicca uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya; uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya. [¶85] So you should train like this: > Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: [¶86] “Whenever we encounter it, we will overcome gain … loss … fame … disgrace … honor … dishonor … corrupt wishes … bad friendship.” That’s how you should train.’ > Pali: “uppannaṁ lābhaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāma, uppannaṁ alābhaṁ …pe… uppannaṁ yasaṁ … uppannaṁ ayasaṁ … uppannaṁ sakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ asakkāraṁ … uppannaṁ pāpicchataṁ … uppannaṁ pāpamittataṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāmā”ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban’ti. [¶87] Honorable Uttara, this exposition of the teaching is not established anywhere in the four assemblies— monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen. Sir, learn this exposition of the teaching! Memorize this exposition of the teaching! Remember this exposition of the teaching! Sir, this exposition of the teaching is beneficial and relevant to the fundamentals of the spiritual life.” > Pali: Ettāvatā, bhante uttara, manussesu catasso parisā— bhikkhū, bhikkhuniyo, upāsakā, upāsikāyo. Nāyaṁ dhammapariyāyo kismiñci upaṭṭhito. Uggaṇhatu, bhante, āyasmā uttaro imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ. Pariyāpuṇātu, bhante, āyasmā uttaro imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ. Dhāretu, bhante, āyasmā uttaro imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ. Atthasaṁhito ayaṁ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyako”ti. [¶88] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. ## 2. Love · AN 8.9–8.10 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/2/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/2/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.9 · Nanda > Pali: AN 8.9 · Nandasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, you could rightly call Nanda ‘Gentleman’, ‘strong’, ‘lovely’, and ‘lustful’. How could he live the full and pure spiritual life unless he guards the sense doors, eats in moderation, is dedicated to wakefulness, and has mindfulness and situational awareness? > Pali: “‘kulaputto’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ‘Balavā’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ‘Pāsādiko’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ‘Tibbarāgo’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṁ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Kimaññatra, bhikkhave, nando indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, jāgariyaṁ anuyutto, satisampajaññena samannāgato, yehi nando sakkoti paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ. [¶2] This is how Nanda guards the sense doors. If he has to look to the east, he wholeheartedly concentrates before looking, thinking: ‘When I look to the east, bad, unskillful qualities of covetousness and displeasure will not overwhelm me.’ In this way he’s aware of the situation. > Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhikkhave, nandassa indriyesu guttadvāratāya hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa puratthimā disā āloketabbā hoti, sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā nando puratthimaṁ disaṁ āloketi: ‘evaṁ me puratthimaṁ disaṁ ālokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. [¶3] If he has to look to the west … north … south … up … down … If he has to survey the intermediate directions, he wholeheartedly concentrates before looking, thinking: ‘When I survey the intermediate directions, bad, unskillful qualities of covetousness and displeasure will not overwhelm me.’ In this way he’s aware of the situation. This is how Nanda guards the sense doors. > Pali: Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa pacchimā disā āloketabbā hoti …pe… uttarā disā āloketabbā hoti … dakkhiṇā disā āloketabbā hoti … uddhaṁ ulloketabbā hoti … adho oloketabbā hoti … anudisā anuviloketabbā hoti, sabbaṁ cetasā samannāharitvā nando anudisaṁ anuviloketi: ‘evaṁ me anudisaṁ anuvilokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa indriyesu guttadvāratāya hoti. [¶4] This is how Nanda eats in moderation. Nanda reflects rationally on the food he eats: ‘Not for fun, indulgence, adornment, or decoration, but only to sustain this body, to avoid harm, and to support spiritual practice. In this way, I shall put an end to old discomfort and not give rise to new discomfort, and I will have the means to keep going, blamelessness, and a comfortable abiding.’ This is how Nanda eats in moderation. > Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhikkhave, nandassa bhojane mattaññutāya hoti. Idha, bhikkhave, nando paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṁ āhāreti: ‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṁsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāṇañca vedanaṁ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṁ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa bhojane mattaññutāya hoti. [¶5] This is how Nanda is committed to wakefulness. Nanda practices walking and sitting meditation by day, purifying his mind from obstacles. In the first watch of the night, he continues to practice walking and sitting meditation. In the middle watch, he lies down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware, and focused on the time of getting up. In the last watch, he gets up and continues to practice walking and sitting meditation, purifying his mind from obstacles. This is how Nanda is committed to wakefulness. > Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhikkhave, nandassa jāgariyānuyogasmiṁ hoti. Idha, bhikkhave, nando divasaṁ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṁ parisodheti; rattiyā paṭhamaṁ yāmaṁ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṁ parisodheti; rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappeti pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṁ manasi karitvā; rattiyā pacchimaṁ yāmaṁ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṁ parisodheti. Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa jāgariyānuyogasmiṁ hoti. [¶6] This is how Nanda has mindfulness and situational awareness. Nanda knows feelings as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away. He knows perceptions as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away. He knows thoughts as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away. This is how Nanda has mindfulness and situational awareness. > Pali: Tatridaṁ, bhikkhave, nandassa satisampajaññasmiṁ hoti. Idha, bhikkhave, nandassa viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti; viditā saññā …pe… viditā vitakkā …pe… abbhatthaṁ gacchanti. Idaṁ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa satisampajaññasmiṁ hoti. [¶7] How could Nanda live the full and pure spiritual life unless he guards the sense doors, eats in moderation, is dedicated to wakefulness, and has mindfulness and situational awareness?” > Pali: Kimaññatra, bhikkhave, nando indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, jāgariyaṁ anuyutto, satisampajaññena samannāgato, yehi nando sakkoti paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ caritun”ti. [¶8] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶9] AN 8.10 · Trash > Pali: AN 8.10 · Kāraṇḍavasutta [¶10] At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. Now at that time the mendicants accused a mendicant of an offense. The accused mendicant dodged the issue, distracted the discussion with irrelevant points, and displayed annoyance, hate, and bitterness. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno aññenāññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. [¶11] Then the Buddha said to the mendicants, “Mendicants, throw this individual out! Throw this individual out! This individual should be shown the door. Why should you be vexed by an outsider? > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “niddhamathetaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalaṁ; niddhamathetaṁ, bhikkhave, puggalaṁ. Apaneyyeso, bhikkhave, puggalo. Kiṁ vo tena paraputtena visodhitena. [¶12] Take a case where a certain individual looks just the same as other good-natured mendicants when going out and coming back, when looking ahead and aside, when bending and extending the limbs, and when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes. That is, so long as the mendicants don’t notice his offense. But when the mendicants notice the offense, they know that he’s a corrupt ascetic, just useless trash. When they realize this they send him away. Why is that? So that he doesn’t corrupt good-natured mendicants. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṁyeva hoti abhikkantaṁ paṭikkantaṁ ālokitaṁ vilokitaṁ samiñjitaṁ pasāritaṁ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṁ, seyyathāpi aññesaṁ bhaddakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ— yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ passanti, tamenaṁ evaṁ jānanti: ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṁ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṁ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesīti. [¶13] Suppose in a growing field of barley some bad barley appeared, just useless trash. Its roots, stem, and leaves would look just the same as the healthy barley. That is, so long as the head doesn’t appear. But when the head appears, they know that it’s bad barley, just useless trash. When they realize this they pull it up by the roots and throw it outside the field. Why is that? So that it doesn’t spoil the good barley. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sampanne yavakaraṇe yavadūsī jāyetha yavapalāpo yavakāraṇḍavoti. Tassa tādisaṁyeva mūlaṁ hoti, seyyathāpi aññesaṁ bhaddakānaṁ yavānaṁ; tādisaṁyeva nāḷaṁ hoti, seyyathāpi aññesaṁ bhaddakānaṁ yavānaṁ; tādisaṁyeva pattaṁ hoti, seyyathāpi aññesaṁ bhaddakānaṁ yavānaṁ— yāvassa sīsaṁ na nibbattati. Yato ca khvassa sīsaṁ nibbattati, tamenaṁ evaṁ jānanti: ‘yavadūsīvāyaṁ yavapalāpo yavakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṁ iti viditvā samūlaṁ uppāṭetvā bahiddhā yavakaraṇassa chaḍḍenti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake yave dūsesīti. [¶14] In the same way, take a case where a certain individual looks just the same as other good-natured mendicants when going out and coming back, when looking ahead and aside, when bending and extending the limbs, and when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes. That is, so long as the mendicants don’t notice his offense. But when the mendicants notice the offense, they know that he’s a corrupt ascetic, just useless trash. When they realize this they send him away. Why is that? So that he doesn’t corrupt good-natured mendicants. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṁyeva hoti abhikkantaṁ paṭikkantaṁ ālokitaṁ vilokitaṁ samiñjitaṁ pasāritaṁ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṁ, seyyathāpi aññesaṁ bhaddakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ— yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ passanti, tamenaṁ evaṁ jānanti: ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṁ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṁ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesīti. [¶15] Suppose that a large heap of grain is being winnowed. The grains that are firm and solid form a heap on one side. And the grains that are flimsy and insubstantial are blown over to the other side. The owners take a broom and sweep them even further away. Why is that? So that it doesn’t spoil the good grain. In the same way, take a case where a certain individual looks just the same as other good-natured mendicants when going out and coming back, when looking ahead and aside, when bending and extending the limbs, and when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes. That is, so long as the mendicants don’t notice his offense. But when the mendicants notice the offense, they know that he’s a corrupt ascetic, just useless trash. When they realize this they send him away. Why is that? So that he doesn’t corrupt good-natured mendicants. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahato dhaññarāsissa phuṇamānassa tattha yāni tāni dhaññāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni ekamantaṁ puñjaṁ hoti, yāni pana tāni dhaññāni dubbalāni palāpāni tāni vāto ekamantaṁ apavahati. Tamenaṁ sāmikā sammajjaniṁ gahetvā bhiyyoso mattāya apasammajjanti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake dhaññe dūsesīti. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṁyeva hoti abhikkantaṁ paṭikkantaṁ ālokitaṁ vilokitaṁ samiñjitaṁ pasāritaṁ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṁ, seyyathāpi aññesaṁ bhaddakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ— yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ passanti, tamenaṁ evaṁ jānanti: ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṁ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṁ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesīti. [¶16] Suppose a man needs an irrigation gutter for a well. He’d take a sharp axe and enter the wood, where he’d knock various trees with the axe. The trees that were firm and solid made a cracking sound. But the trees that were rotten inside, decomposing and decayed, made a thud. He’d cut down such a tree at the root, lop off the crown, and thoroughly clear out the insides. Then he’d use it as an irrigation gutter for the well. In the same way, take a case where a certain individual looks just the same as other good-natured mendicants when going out and coming back, when looking ahead and aside, when bending and extending the limbs, and when bearing the outer robe, bowl and robes. That is, so long as the mendicants don’t notice his offense. But when the mendicants notice the offense, they know that he’s a corrupt ascetic, just useless trash. When they realize this they send him away. Why is that? So that he doesn’t corrupt good-natured mendicants. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso udapānapanāḷiyatthiko tiṇhaṁ kuṭhāriṁ ādāya vanaṁ paviseyya. So yaṁ yadeva rukkhaṁ kuṭhāripāsena ākoṭeyya tattha yāni tāni rukkhāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni kuṭhāripāsena ākoṭitāni kakkhaḷaṁ paṭinadanti; yāni pana tāni rukkhāni antopūtīni avassutāni kasambujātāni tāni kuṭhāripāsena ākoṭitāni daddaraṁ paṭinadanti. Tamenaṁ mūle chindati, mūle chinditvā agge chindati, agge chinditvā anto suvisodhitaṁ visodheti, anto suvisodhitaṁ visodhetvā udapānapanāḷiṁ yojeti. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṁyeva hoti abhikkantaṁ paṭikkantaṁ ālokitaṁ vilokitaṁ samiñjitaṁ pasāritaṁ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṁ, seyyathāpi aññesaṁ bhaddakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ— yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṁ passanti, tamenaṁ evaṁ jānanti: ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṁ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṁ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesīti. [¶17] By living together, know that they’re irritable, with corrupt wishes, offensive, stubborn, and contemptuous, jealous, stingy, and devious. > Pali: Saṁvāsāyaṁ vijānātha, pāpiccho kodhano iti; Makkhī thambhī paḷāsī ca, issukī maccharī saṭho. [¶18] They speak to people with a voice so smooth, just like an ascetic. But they act in secret, with their bad views and their lack of regard for others. > Pali: Santavāco janavati, samaṇo viya bhāsati; Raho karoti karaṇaṁ, pāpadiṭṭhi anādaro. [¶19] You should recognize them for what they are: a creep and liar. Then having gathered in harmony, you should expel them. > Pali: Saṁsappī ca musāvādī, taṁ viditvā yathātathaṁ; Sabbe samaggā hutvāna, abhinibbajjayātha naṁ. [¶20] Throw out the trash! Get rid of the rubbish! And sweep away the scraps— they’re not ascetics, they just think they are. > Pali: Kāraṇḍavaṁ niddhamatha, Kasambuṁ apakassatha; Tato palāpe vāhetha, Assamaṇe samaṇamānine. [¶21] When you’ve thrown out those of corrupt wishes, of bad behavior and alms-resort, dwell in communion, ever mindful, the pure with the pure. Then in harmony, alert, you’ll make an end of suffering.” > Pali: Niddhamitvāna pāpicche, pāpaācāragocare; Suddhāsuddhehi saṁvāsaṁ, kappayavho patissatā; Tato samaggā nipakā, dukkhassantaṁ karissathā”ti. [¶22] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶23] > Pali: Mettāvaggo paṭhamo. [¶24] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶25] > Pali: Mettaṁ paññā ca dve piyā, dve lokā dve vipattiyo; Devadatto ca uttaro, nando kāraṇḍavena cāti. ## 3. The Great Chapter · AN 8.11–8.12 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/3/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/3/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.11 · At Verañjā > Pali: AN 8.11 · Verañjasutta [¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in Verañjā at the root of a neem tree dedicated to Naḷeru. Then the brahmin Verañja went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā verañjāyaṁ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle. Atha kho verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶2] “Worthy Gotama, I have heard that the ascetic Gotama doesn’t bow to old brahmins, the elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. And this is indeed the case, for the worthy Gotama does not bow to old brahmins, elderly and senior, who are advanced in years and have reached the final stage of life; nor does he rise in their presence or offer them a seat. This is not appropriate, worthy Gotama.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama: ‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. Tayidaṁ, bho gotama, tatheva. Na hi bhavaṁ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. Tayidaṁ, bho gotama, na sampannamevā”ti. [¶3] “Brahmin, I don’t see anyone in this world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—for whom I should bow down or rise up or offer a seat. If the Realized One bowed down or rose up or offered a seat to anyone, their head would explode!” > Pali: “Nāhaṁ taṁ, brāhmaṇa, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yamahaṁ abhivādeyyaṁ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṁ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṁ. Yañhi, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato abhivādeyya vā paccuṭṭheyya vā āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā”ti. [¶4] “Worthy Gotama lacks taste.” > Pali: “Arasarūpo bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶5] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I lack taste. For the Realized One has given up taste for sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches. It’s cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. In this sense you could rightly say that I lack taste. But that’s not what you’re talking about.” > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘arasarūpo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ye te, brāhmaṇa, rūparasā saddarasā gandharasā rasarasā phoṭṭhabbarasā, te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘arasarūpo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesī”ti. [¶6] “Worthy Gotama is indelicate.” > Pali: “Nibbhogo bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶7] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m indelicate. For the Realized One has given up delight in sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches. It’s cut off at the root, made like a palm stump, obliterated, and unable to arise in the future. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m indelicate. But that’s not what you’re talking about.” > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘nibbhogo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ye te, brāhmaṇa, rūpabhogā saddabhogā gandhabhogā rasabhogā phoṭṭhabbabhogā, te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘nibbhogo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesī”ti. [¶8] “Worthy Gotama is a teacher of inaction.” > Pali: “Akiriyavādo bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶9] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m a teacher of inaction. For I teach inaction regarding bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m a teacher of inaction. But that’s not what you’re talking about.” > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, akiriyaṁ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa; anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ akiriyaṁ vadāmi. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesī”ti. [¶10] “Worthy Gotama is a teacher of annihilationism.” > Pali: “Ucchedavādo bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶11] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m a teacher of annihilationism. For I teach the annihilation of greed, hate, and delusion, and the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m a teacher of annihilationism. But that’s not what you’re talking about.” > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, ucchedaṁ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ucchedaṁ vadāmi. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesī”ti. [¶12] “Worthy Gotama is disgusted.” > Pali: “Jegucchī bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶13] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m disgusted. For I’m disgusted by bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and by attainment of the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m disgusted. But that’s not what you’re talking about.” > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jigucchāmi anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesī”ti. [¶14] “Worthy Gotama is an exterminator.” > Pali: “Venayiko bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶15] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m an exterminator. For I teach the extermination of greed, hate, and delusion, and the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m an exterminator. But that’s not what you’re talking about.” > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, vinayāya dhammaṁ desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ vinayāya dhammaṁ desemi. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesī”ti. [¶16] “Worthy Gotama is a mortifier.” > Pali: “Tapassī bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶17] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m a mortifier. For I say that bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind should be mortified. I say that a mortifier is someone who has given up unskillful qualities that should be mortified. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. The Realized One is someone who has given up unskillful qualities that should be mortified. He has cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m a mortifier. But that’s not what you’re talking about.” > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo’ti. Tapanīyāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ. Yassa kho, brāhmaṇa, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, brāhmaṇa, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesī”ti. [¶18] “Worthy Gotama is gutless.” > Pali: “Apagabbho bhavaṁ gotamo”ti. [¶19] “There is, brahmin, a sense in which you could rightly say that I am gutless. I say that a gutless person is someone who has given up future wombs and regeneration into a new state of existence. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. The Realized One has given up future wombs and regeneration into a new state of existence. He has cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. In this sense you could rightly say that I am gutless. But that’s not what you’re talking about. > Pali: “Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo’ti. Yassa kho, brāhmaṇa, āyatiṁ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘apagabbho’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, brāhmaṇa, āyatiṁ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṁ tvaṁ sandhāya vadesi. [¶20] Suppose, brahmin, there was a chicken with eight or ten or twelve eggs. And she properly sat on them to keep them warm and incubated. Now, the chick that is first to break out of the eggshell with its claws and beak and hatch safely: should that be called the eldest or the youngest?” > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā. Tānāssu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni. Yo nu kho tesaṁ kukkuṭacchāpakānaṁ paṭhamataraṁ pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṁ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyya, kinti svāssa vacanīyo: ‘jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vā’”ti? [¶21] “Worthy Gotama, that should be called the eldest. For it is the eldest among them.” > Pali: “Jeṭṭho tissa, bho gotama, vacanīyo. So hi nesaṁ, bho gotama, jeṭṭho hotī”ti. [¶22] “In the same way, in this population lost in ignorance, swaddled in their shells, I alone have broken open the egg of ignorance and realized the supreme perfect awakening. So, brahmin, I am the eldest and the first in the world. > Pali: “Evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, avijjāgatāya pajāya aṇḍabhūtāya pariyonaddhāya avijjaṇḍakosaṁ padāletvā ekova loke anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassa. [¶23] My energy was roused up and unflagging, my mindfulness was established and lucid, my body was tranquil and undisturbed, and my mind was immersed and unified in samādhi. Quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I entered and remained in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected were stilled, I entered and remained in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. And with the fading away of rapture, I entered and remained in the third absorption, where I meditated with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ With the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, I entered and remained in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. > Pali: Āraddhaṁ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṁ ahosi asallīnaṁ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṁ cittaṁ ekaggaṁ. So kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi; vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi; pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedemi yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. [¶24] When my mind had immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—I extended it toward recollection of past lives. I recollected many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world expanding, many eons of the world contracting and expanding. I remembered: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here.’ And so I recollected my many kinds of past lives, with features and details. > Pali: So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṁ abhininnāmesiṁ. So anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarāmi, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṁsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṁvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe: ‘amutrāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra udapādiṁ; tatrāpāsiṁ evaṁnāmo evaṅgotto evaṁvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvedī evamāyupariyanto. So tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarāmi. [¶25] This was the first knowledge, which I achieved in the first watch of the night. Ignorance was banished and knowledge arose; darkness was banished and light arose, as happens for a meditator who is diligent, keen, and resolute. This was my first breaking out, like a chick breaking out of the eggshell. > Pali: Ayaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṁ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ayaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, paṭhamā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā. [¶26] When my mind had immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—I extended it toward knowledge of the death and rebirth of sentient beings. With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They denounced the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never denounced the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds. > Pali: So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṁ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṁ abhininnāmesiṁ. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā, vacīduccaritena samannāgatā, manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ upavādakā, micchādiṭṭhikā, micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannāti. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ anupavādakā, sammādiṭṭhikā, sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi. [¶27] This was the second knowledge, which I achieved in the middle watch of the night. Ignorance was banished and knowledge arose; darkness was banished and light arose, as happens for a meditator who is diligent, keen, and resolute. This was my second breaking out, like a chick breaking out of the eggshell. > Pali: Ayaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā majjhime yāme dutiyā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṁ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ayaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, dutiyā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā. [¶28] When my mind had immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—I extended it toward knowledge of the ending of defilements. I truly understood: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’. I truly understood: ‘These are defilements’ … ‘This is the origin of defilements’ … ‘This is the cessation of defilements’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of defilements’. Knowing and seeing like this, my mind was freed from the defilements of sensuality, desire to be reborn, and ignorance. When it was freed, I knew it was freed. > Pali: So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṁ khayañāṇāya cittaṁ abhininnāmesiṁ. So ‘idaṁ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, ‘ayaṁ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, ‘ayaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ; ‘ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, ‘ayaṁ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, ‘ayaṁ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, ‘ayaṁ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ. Tassa me evaṁ jānato evaṁ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṁ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṁ vimuccittha, avijjāsavāpi cittaṁ vimuccittha. Vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ ahosi. [¶29] I understood: ‘Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is nothing further for this place.’ > Pali: ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsiṁ. [¶30] This was the third knowledge, which I achieved in the last watch of the night. Ignorance was banished and knowledge arose; darkness was banished and light arose, as happens for a meditator who is diligent, keen, and resolute. This was my third breaking out, like a chick breaking out of the eggshell.” > Pali: Ayaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā pacchime yāme tatiyā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṁ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ayaṁ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tatiyā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā”ti. [¶31] When he said this, the brahmin Verañja said to the Buddha: > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶32] “The worthy Gotama is the eldest! The worthy Gotama is the best! Excellent, worthy Gotama! Excellent! As if he were righting the overturned, or revealing the hidden, or pointing out the path to the lost, or lighting a lamp in the dark so people with clear eyes can see what’s there, worthy Gotama has made the teaching clear in many ways. I go for refuge to the worthy Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha. From this day forth, may the worthy Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.” > Pali: “jeṭṭho bhavaṁ gotamo, seṭṭho bhavaṁ gotamo. Abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama. Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṁ maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti. [¶33] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶34] AN 8.12 · With Sīha > Pali: AN 8.12 · Sīhasutta [¶35] At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Now at that time several very prominent Licchavis were sitting together at the town hall, praising the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha in many ways. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. [¶36] Now at that time General Sīha, a disciple of the Jains, was sitting in that assembly. He thought, “That Blessed One must without a doubt be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. For several very prominent Licchavis are praising the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha in many ways. Why don’t I go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena sīho senāpati nigaṇṭhasāvako tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti. Atha kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi: “nissaṁsayaṁ kho so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. Yannūnāhaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. [¶37] Then General Sīha went to the Jain ascetic of the Ñātika clan and said to him, “Sir, I’d like to go to see the ascetic Gotama.” > Pali: Atha kho sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ etadavoca: “icchāmahaṁ, bhante, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. [¶38] “But Sīha, you believe in the doctrine of action. Why should you go to see the ascetic Gotama, who teaches a doctrine of inaction? For the ascetic Gotama believes in a doctrine of inaction, he teaches inaction, and he guides his disciples in that way.” > Pali: “Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, sīha, kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissasi? Samaṇo hi, sīha, gotamo akiriyavādo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī”ti. [¶39] Then Sīha’s determination to go and see the Buddha died down. > Pali: Atha kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamiyābhisaṅkhāro bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, so paṭippassambhi. [¶40] For a second time, several prominent Licchavis were sitting together at the town hall, praising the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha in many ways. And for a second time Sīha thought: “Why don’t I go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!” > Pali: Dutiyampi kho sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa …pe… dhammassa …pe… saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. Dutiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi: “nissaṁsayaṁ kho so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, dhammassa …pe… saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. Yannūnāhaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. [¶41] Then General Sīha went to the Jain Ñātika … > Pali: Atha kho sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṁ nāṭaputtaṁ etadavoca: “icchāmahaṁ, bhante, samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. [¶42] > Pali: “Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, sīha, kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissasi? Samaṇo hi, sīha, gotamo akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī”ti. [¶43] Then for a second time Sīha’s determination to go and see the Buddha died down. > Pali: Dutiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamiyābhisaṅkhāro bhagavantaṁ dassanāya, so paṭippassambhi. [¶44] For a third time, several prominent Licchavis were sitting together at the town hall, praising the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha in many ways. And for a third time Sīha thought, “That Blessed One must without a doubt be a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. For several very prominent Licchavis are praising the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha in many ways. What can these Jains do to me, whether I take leave of them or not? Why don’t I, without taking leave of them, go to see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha!” > Pali: Tatiyampi kho sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa …pe… dhammassa …pe… saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. Tatiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi: “nissaṁsayaṁ kho so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsanti. Kiṁ hime karissanti nigaṇṭhā apalokitā vā anapalokitā vā? Yannūnāhaṁ anapaloketvāva nigaṇṭhe taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. [¶45] Then Sīha, with around five hundred chariots, set out from Vesālī in the middle of the day to see the Buddha. He went by carriage as far as the terrain allowed, then descended and went by foot. Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho sīho senāpati pañcamattehi rathasatehi divādivassa vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova agamāsi. Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶46] “Sir, I have heard this: ‘The ascetic Gotama believes in a doctrine of inaction, he teaches inaction, and he guides his disciples in that way.’ I trust those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuttal and criticism? For we don’t want to misrepresent the Blessed One.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṁsu: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaronti na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati? Anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti. [¶47] “There is, Sīha, a sense in which you could rightly say that I believe in inaction, I teach inaction, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: “Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶48] And there is a sense in which you could rightly say that I believe in action, I teach action, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶49] And there is a sense in which you could rightly say that I believe in annihilationism, I teach annihilation, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo, ucchedāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶50] And there is a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m disgusted, I teach disgust, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶51] And there is a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m an exterminator, I teach extermination, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶52] And there is a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m a mortifier, I teach mortification, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶53] And there is a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m gutless, I teach gutlessness, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶54] And there is a sense in which you could rightly say that I’m ambitious, I teach ambition, and I guide my disciples in that way. > Pali: Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘assāsako samaṇo gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶55] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I believe in inaction, I teach inaction, and I guide my disciples in that way? I teach inaction regarding bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I teach inaction. > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, akiriyaṁ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa; anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ akiriyaṁ vadāmi. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶56] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I believe in action, I teach action, and I guide my disciples in that way? I teach action regarding good bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of skillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I teach action. > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, kiriyaṁ vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa; anekavihitānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ kiriyaṁ vadāmi. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶57] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I believe in annihilationism, I teach annihilation, and I guide my disciples in that way? I teach the annihilation of greed, hate, and delusion, and the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I teach annihilationism. > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo, ucchedāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, ucchedaṁ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ ucchedaṁ vadāmi. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo, ucchedāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶58] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I’m disgusted, I teach disgust, and I guide my disciples in that way? I’m disgusted by bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and by attainment of the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m disgusted. > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jigucchāmi anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶59] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I’m an exterminator, I teach extermination, and I guide my disciples in that way? I teach the extermination of greed, hate, and delusion, and the many kinds of unskillful things. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m an exterminator. > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, vinayāya dhammaṁ desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ vinayāya dhammaṁ desemi. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶60] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I’m a mortifier, I teach mortification, and I guide my disciples in that way? I say that bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind should be mortified. I say that a mortifier is someone who has given up unskillful qualities that should be mortified. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. The Realized One is someone who has given up unskillful qualities that should be mortified. He has cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m a mortifier. > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Tapanīyāhaṁ, sīha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ. Yassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶61] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I’m gutless, I teach gutlessness, and I guide my disciples in that way? I say that a gutless person is someone who has given up future wombs and rebirth into a new state of existence. They’ve cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. The Realized One has given up future wombs and regeneration into a new state of existence. He has cut them off at the root, made them like a palm stump, obliterated them, so that they’re unable to arise in the future. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m gutless. > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Yassa kho, sīha, āyatiṁ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṁ ‘apagabbho’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, sīha, āyatiṁ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṁ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. [¶62] And what’s the sense in which you could rightly say that I’m ambitious, I teach ambition, and I guide my disciples in that way? I’m ambitious to offer solace, the highest solace, I teach solace, and I guide my disciples in that way. In this sense you could rightly say that I’m ambitious.” > Pali: Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘assāsako samaṇo gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, assāsako paramena assāsena, assāsāya dhammaṁ desemi, tena ca sāvake vinemi. Ayaṁ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṁ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘assāsako samaṇo gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṁ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’”ti. [¶63] When he said this, General Sīha said to the Buddha, “Excellent, sir! Excellent! From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.” > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante …pe… upāsakaṁ maṁ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti. [¶64] “Sīha, you should act after careful consideration. It’s good for well-known people such as yourself to act after careful consideration.” > Pali: “Anuviccakāraṁ kho, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṁ ñātamanussānaṁ sādhu hotī”ti. [¶65] “Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to act after careful consideration. For if the followers of other religions were to gain me as a disciple, they’d carry a banner all over Vesālī, saying: ‘General Sīha has become our disciple!’ And yet the Buddha tells me to act after careful consideration. For a second time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha. From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.” > Pali: “Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘anuviccakāraṁ kho, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṁ ñātamanussānaṁ sādhu hotī’ti. Mañhi, bhante, aññatitthiyā sāvakaṁ labhitvā kevalakappaṁ vesāliṁ paṭākaṁ parihareyyuṁ: ‘sīho amhākaṁ senāpati sāvakattaṁ upagato’ti. Atha ca pana bhagavā evamāha: ‘anuviccakāraṁ, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṁ ñātamanussānaṁ sādhu hotī’ti. Esāhaṁ, bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṁ maṁ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti. [¶66] “For a long time now, Sīha, your family has been a well-spring of support for the Jain ascetics. You should consider giving to them when they come.” > Pali: “Dīgharattaṁ kho te, sīha, nigaṇṭhānaṁ opānabhūtaṁ kulaṁ, yena nesaṁ upagatānaṁ piṇḍakaṁ dātabbaṁ maññeyyāsī”ti. [¶67] “Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to consider giving to the Jain ascetics when they come. Sir, I have heard that the ascetic Gotama says this: ‘Gifts should only be given to me, and to my disciples. Only what is given to me is very fruitful, not what is given to others. Only what is given to my disciples is very fruitful, not what is given to the disciples of others.’ Yet the Buddha encourages me to give to the Jain ascetics. Well, sir, we’ll know the proper time for that. For a third time, I go for refuge to the Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha. From this day forth, may the Buddha remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.” > Pali: “Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘dīgharattaṁ kho te, sīha, nigaṇṭhānaṁ opānabhūtaṁ kulaṁ, yena nesaṁ upagatānaṁ piṇḍakaṁ dātabbaṁ maññeyyāsī’ti. Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘samaṇo gotamo evamāha— mayhameva dānaṁ dātabbaṁ, mayhameva sāvakānaṁ dātabbaṁ; mayhameva dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ, na aññesaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ; mayhameva sāvakānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ, na aññesaṁ sāvakānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalan’ti, atha ca pana maṁ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesupi dāne samādapeti. Api ca, bhante, mayamettha kālaṁ jānissāma. Esāhaṁ, bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṁ maṁ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti. [¶68] Then the Buddha taught Sīha step by step, with a talk on giving, ethical conduct, and heaven. He revealed the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, so sordid and corrupt, and the benefit of renunciation. And when the Buddha knew that Sīha’s mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he revealed the special teaching of the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. Just as a clean cloth rid of stains would properly absorb dye, in that very seat the stainless, immaculate vision of the Dhamma arose in General Sīha: “Everything that is liable to arise is liable to cease.” > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā sīhassa senāpatissa anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi sīhaṁ senāpatiṁ kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; evamevaṁ sīhassa senāpatissa tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi: “yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. [¶69] Then Sīha saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. He went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. He said to the Buddha, “Sir, would the Buddha together with the mendicant Saṅgha please accept tomorrow’s meal from me?” The Buddha consented with silence. Then, knowing that the Buddha had consented, Sīha rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving. > Pali: Atha kho sīho senāpati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sīho senāpati bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. [¶70] Then Sīha addressed a certain man, “My man, please find out if there is any meat ready for sale.” And when the night had passed General Sīha had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in his own home. Then he had the Buddha informed of the time, saying, “Sir, it’s time. The meal is ready.” > Pali: Atha kho sīho senāpati aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi: “gaccha tvaṁ, ambho purisa, pavattamaṁsaṁ jānāhī”ti. Atha kho sīho senāpati tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi: “kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti. [¶71] Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Sīha’s home, where he sat down on the seat spread out together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. Now at that time many Jain ascetics in Vesālī went from street to street and from square to square, calling out with raised arms: “Today General Sīha has slaughtered a fat calf for the ascetic Gotama’s meal. The ascetic Gotama knowingly eats meat prepared specially for him: this is a deed he caused.” > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sīhassa senāpatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṁ rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ bāhā paggayha kandanti: “ajja sīhena senāpatinā thūlaṁ pasuṁ vadhitvā samaṇassa gotamassa bhattaṁ kataṁ. Taṁ samaṇo gotamo jānaṁ uddissakataṁ maṁsaṁ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamman”ti. [¶72] Then a certain person went up to Sīha and whispered in his ear, “Please sir, you should know this. Many Jain ascetics in Vesālī are going from street to street and square to square, calling out with raised arms: ‘Today General Sīha has slaughtered a fat calf for the ascetic Gotama’s meal. The ascetic Gotama knowingly eats meat prepared specially for him: this is a deed he caused.’” > Pali: Atha kho aññataro puriso yena sīho senāpati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sīhassa senāpatissa upakaṇṇake ārocesi: “yagghe, bhante, jāneyyāsi. Ete sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṁ rathikāya rathikaṁ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṁ bāhā paggayha kandanti: ‘ajja sīhena senāpatinā thūlaṁ pasuṁ vadhitvā samaṇassa gotamassa bhattaṁ kataṁ. Taṁ samaṇo gotamo jānaṁ uddissakataṁ maṁsaṁ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamman’ti. [¶73] “Enough, master. For a long time those venerables have wanted to discredit the Buddha, his teaching, and his Saṅgha. They’ll never stop misrepresenting the Buddha with their incorrect, hollow, false, untruthful claims. We would never deliberately take the life of a living creature, not even for life’s sake.” > Pali: Alaṁ ayyo dīgharattañhi te āyasmanto avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa avaṇṇakāmā saṅghassa. Na ca panete āyasmanto jiridanti taṁ bhagavantaṁ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhituṁ; na ca mayaṁ jīvitahetupi sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropeyyāmā”ti. [¶74] Then Sīha served and satisfied the mendicant Saṅgha headed by the Buddha with his own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods. When the Buddha had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Sīha sat down to one side. Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired him with a Dhamma talk, after which he rose from his seat and left. > Pali: Atha kho sīho senāpati buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sīhaṁ senāpatiṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti. [¶75] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. ## 4. The Great Chapter · AN 8.13–8.19 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/4/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/4/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.13 · A Thoroughbred > Pali: AN 8.13 · Assājānīyasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, a fine royal thoroughbred with eight factors is worthy of a king, fit to serve a king, and reckoned a factor of kingship. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhaddo assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? [¶2] It’s when a fine royal thoroughbred is well born on both the mother’s and the father’s sides. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhaddo assājānīyo ubhato sujāto hoti— mātito ca pitito ca. [¶3] He’s bred in the region fine thoroughbreds come from. > Pali: Yassaṁ disāyaṁ aññepi bhaddā assājānīyā jāyanti, tassaṁ disāyaṁ jāto hoti. [¶4] Whatever food he’s given, fresh or dry, he eats carefully, without making a mess. > Pali: Yaṁ kho panassa bhojanaṁ denti— allaṁ vā sukkhaṁ vā— taṁ sakkaccaṁyeva paribhuñjati avikiranto. [¶5] He’s disgusted by sitting or lying down in excrement or urine. > Pali: Jegucchī hoti uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā abhinisīdituṁ vā abhinipajjituṁ vā. [¶6] He’s gentle and pleasant to live with, and he doesn’t upset the other horses. > Pali: Sorato hoti sukhasaṁvāso, na ca aññe asse ubbejetā. [¶7] He openly shows his tricks, bluffs, ruses, and feints to his trainer, so the trainer can try to subdue them. > Pali: Yāni kho panassa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṁ sārathissa āvikattā hoti. Tesamassa sārathi abhinimmadanāya vāyamati. [¶8] He carries his load, determining: ‘Whether or not the other horses carry their loads, I’ll carry mine.’ > Pali: Vāhī kho pana hoti. ‘Kāmaññe assā vahantu vā mā vā, ahamettha vahissāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādeti. [¶9] He always walks in a straight path. He’s strong, and stays strong even until death. > Pali: Gacchanto kho pana ujumaggeneva gacchati. Thāmavā hoti yāva jīvitamaraṇapariyādānā thāmaṁ upadaṁsetā. [¶10] A fine royal thoroughbred with these eight factors is worthy of a king. … > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhaddo assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṁ gacchati. [¶11] In the same way, a mendicant with eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What eight? > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? [¶12] It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. [¶13] Whatever food they’re given, coarse or fine, they eat carefully, without bother. > Pali: Yaṁ kho panassa bhojanaṁ denti— lūkhaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā— taṁ sakkaccaṁyeva paribhuñjati avihaññamāno. [¶14] They’re disgusted with bad conduct by way of body, speech, or mind, and by attainment of the many kinds of unskillful things. > Pali: Jegucchī hoti kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jegucchī hoti anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. [¶15] They’re gentle and pleasant to live with, and they don’t upset the other mendicants. > Pali: Sorato hoti sukhasaṁvāso, na aññe bhikkhū ubbejetā. [¶16] They openly show their tricks, bluffs, ruses, and feints to their sensible spiritual companions, so they can try to subdue them. > Pali: Yāni kho panassa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṁ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu. Tesamassa satthā vā viññū vā sabrahmacārī abhinimmadanāya vāyamati. [¶17] They do their training, determining: ‘Whether or not the other mendicants do their training, I’ll do mine.’ > Pali: Sikkhitā kho pana hoti. ‘Kāmaññe bhikkhū sikkhantu vā mā vā, ahamettha sikkhissāmī’ti cittaṁ uppādeti. [¶18] They always walk in a straight path. And here the straight path is right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion. > Pali: Gacchanto kho pana ujumaggeneva gacchati; tatrāyaṁ ujumaggo, seyyathidaṁ— sammādiṭṭhi …pe… sammāsamādhi. [¶19] They’re energetic: ‘Gladly, let my skin, sinews, and bones remain! Let the blood and flesh waste away in my body! I will not stop trying until I have achieved what is possible by human strength, energy, and vigor.’ > Pali: Āraddhavīriyo viharati: ‘kāmaṁ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upassussatu maṁsalohitaṁ; yaṁ taṁ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṁ, na taṁ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṁ bhavissatī’ti. [¶20] A mendicant with these eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶21] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶22] AN 8.14 · A Wild Colt > Pali: AN 8.14 · Assakhaḷuṅkasutta [¶23] “Mendicants, I will teach you about eight wild colts and eight defects in horses, and about eight wild people and eight defects in people. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Aṭṭha ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi aṭṭha ca assadose, aṭṭha ca purisakhaḷuṅke aṭṭha ca purisadose. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶24] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶25] “And what, mendicants, are the eight wild colts and eight defects in horses? > Pali: “Katame ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭha assakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca assadosā? [¶26] Firstly, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts back right up and spin the chariot behind them. Some wild colts are like that. This is the first defect of a horse. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchato paṭikkamati, piṭṭhito rathaṁ pavatteti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo assadoso. [¶27] Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts jump back, wreck the hub, and break the triple rod. Some wild colts are like that. This is the second defect of a horse. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchā laṅghati, kubbaraṁ hanati, tidaṇḍaṁ bhañjati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo assadoso. [¶28] Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts shake the draft-pole off their thigh and trample it. Some wild colts are like that. This is the third defect of a horse. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā rathīsāya satthiṁ ussajjitvā rathīsaṁyeva ajjhomaddati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo assadoso. [¶29] Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts take a wrong turn, sending the chariot off track. Some wild colts are like that. This is the fourth defect of a horse. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā ummaggaṁ gaṇhati, ubbaṭumaṁ rathaṁ karoti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho assadoso. [¶30] Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts rear up and strike out with their fore-legs. Some wild colts are like that. This is the fifth defect of a horse. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā laṅghati purimakāyaṁ paggaṇhati purime pāde. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamo assadoso. [¶31] Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts ignore the trainer and the goad, spit out the bit, and go wherever they want. Some wild colts are like that. This is the sixth defect of a horse. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā anādiyitvā sārathiṁ anādiyitvā patodalaṭṭhiṁ dantehi mukhādhānaṁ vidhaṁsitvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho assadoso. [¶32] Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts don’t step forward or turn back but stand right there still as a post. Some wild colts are like that. This is the seventh defect of a horse. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā neva abhikkamati no paṭikkamati tattheva khīlaṭṭhāyī ṭhito hoti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo assadoso. [¶33] Furthermore, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, some wild colts tuck in their fore-legs and hind-legs, and sit right down on their four legs. Some wild colts are like that. This is the eighth defect of a horse. These are the eight wild colts and the eight defects in horses. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā purime ca pāde saṁharitvā pacchime ca pāde saṁharitvā tattheva cattāro pāde abhinisīdati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo assadoso. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha assakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca assadosā. [¶34] And what are the eight wild people and eight defects in people? > Pali: Katame ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭha purisakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca purisadosā? [¶35] Firstly, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant evades it by saying they don’t remember. I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, back right up and spin the chariot behind them. Some wild people are like that. This is the first defect of a person. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno ‘na sarāmī’ti asatiyā nibbeṭheti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchato paṭikkamati, piṭṭhito rathaṁ vatteti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo purisadoso. [¶36] Furthermore, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant objects to the accuser: ‘What has an incompetent fool like you got to say? How on earth could you imagine you’ve got something worth saying!’ I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, jump back, wreck the hub, and break the triple rod. Some wild people are like that. This is the second defect of a person. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno codakaṁyeva paṭippharati: ‘kiṁ nu kho tuyhaṁ bālassa abyattassa bhaṇitena. Tvampi nāma bhaṇitabbaṁ maññasī’ti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchā laṅghati, kubbaraṁ hanati, tidaṇḍaṁ bhañjati; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo purisadoso. [¶37] Furthermore, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant retorts to the accuser: ‘Well, you’ve fallen into an offense named such-and-such. You should deal with that first.’ I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, shake the draft-pole off their thigh and trample it. Some wild people are like that. This is the third defect of a person. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno codakasseva paccāropeti: ‘tvaṁ khosi itthannāmaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno, tvaṁ tāva paṭhamaṁ paṭikarohī’ti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā rathīsāya satthiṁ ussajjitvā rathīsaṁyeva ajjhomaddati; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo purisadoso. [¶38] Furthermore, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant dodges the issue, distracts the discussion with irrelevant points, and displays annoyance, hate, and bitterness. I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, take a wrong turn, sending the chariot off track. Some wild people are like that. This is the fourth defect of a person. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno aññenāññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā ummaggaṁ gaṇhati, ubbaṭumaṁ rathaṁ karoti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho purisadoso. [¶39] Furthermore, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant gesticulates while speaking in the middle of the Saṅgha. I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, rear up and strike out with their fore-legs. Some wild people are like that. This is the fifth defect of a person. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno saṅghamajjhe bāhuvikkhepaṁ karoti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā laṅghati, purimakāyaṁ paggaṇhati purime pāde; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamo purisadoso. [¶40] Furthermore, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant ignores the Saṅgha and the accusation and, though still guilty of the offense, they go wherever they want. I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, ignore the trainer and the goad, spit out the bit, and go wherever they want. Some wild people are like that. This is the sixth defect of a person. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno anādiyitvā saṅghaṁ anādiyitvā codakaṁ sāpattikova yena kāmaṁ pakkamati. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā anādiyitvā sārathiṁ anādiyitvā patodalaṭṭhiṁ dantehi mukhādhānaṁ vidhaṁsitvā yena kāmaṁ pakkamati; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho purisadoso. [¶41] Furthermore, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant neither confesses to the offense nor denies it, but frustrates the Saṅgha by staying silent. I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, don’t step forward or turn back but stand right there still as a post. Some wild people are like that. This is the seventh defect of a person. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno ‘nevāhaṁ āpannomhi, na panāhaṁ āpannomhī’ti so tuṇhībhāvena saṅghaṁ viheṭheti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā neva abhikkamati no paṭikkamati tattheva khīlaṭṭhāyī ṭhito hoti; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo purisadoso. [¶42] Furthermore, the mendicants accuse a mendicant of an offense. But the accused mendicant says this: ‘Why are you venerables making so much of an issue over me? Now I’ll resign the training and return to a lesser life.’ When they have resigned the training, they say: ‘Well, venerables, are you happy now?’ I say that this individual is comparable to the wild colts who, when the trainer says ‘giddyup!’ and spurs and goads them on, tuck in their fore-legs and hind-legs, and sit right down on their four legs. Some wild people are like that. This is the eighth defect of a person. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno evamāha: ‘kiṁ nu kho tumhe āyasmanto atibāḷhaṁ mayi byāvaṭā yāva idānāhaṁ sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā evamāha: ‘idāni kho tumhe āyasmanto attamanā hothā’ti? Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā purime ca pāde saṁharitvā pacchime ca pāde saṁharitvā tattheva cattāro pāde abhinisīdati; tathūpamāhaṁ, bhikkhave, imaṁ puggalaṁ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo purisadoso. [¶43] These are the eight wild people and eight defects in people.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha purisakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca purisadosā”ti. [¶44] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶45] AN 8.15 · Stains > Pali: AN 8.15 · Malasutta [¶46] “Mendicants, there are these eight stains. What eight? Not rehearsing is the stain of hymns. Neglect is the stain of houses. Laziness is the stain of beauty. Negligence is a guard’s stain. Misconduct is a woman’s stain. Stinginess is a giver’s stain. Bad, unskillful qualities are a stain in this world and the next. Worse than any of these is ignorance, the worst stain of all. These are the eight stains. > Pali: “Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, malāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Asajjhāyamalā, bhikkhave, mantā; anuṭṭhānamalā, bhikkhave, gharā; malaṁ, bhikkhave, vaṇṇassa kosajjaṁ; pamādo, bhikkhave, rakkhato malaṁ; malaṁ, bhikkhave, itthiyā duccaritaṁ; maccheraṁ, bhikkhave, dadato malaṁ; malā, bhikkhave, pāpakā akusalā dhammā asmiṁ loke paramhi ca; tato, bhikkhave, malā malataraṁ avijjā paramaṁ malaṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha malānīti. [¶47] Not rehearsing is the stain of hymns. The stain of houses is neglect. Laziness is the stain of beauty. A guard’s stain is negligence. > Pali: Asajjhāyamalā mantā, anuṭṭhānamalā gharā; Malaṁ vaṇṇassa kosajjaṁ, pamādo rakkhato malaṁ. [¶48] Misconduct is a woman’s stain. A giver’s stain is stinginess. Bad qualities are a stain in this world and the next. But a worse stain than these is ignorance, the worst stain of all.” > Pali: Malitthiyā duccaritaṁ, maccheraṁ dadato malaṁ; Malā ve pāpakā dhammā, asmiṁ loke paramhi ca; Tato malā malataraṁ, avijjā paramaṁ malan”ti. [¶49] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶50] AN 8.16 · Going on a Mission > Pali: AN 8.16 · Dūteyyasutta [¶51] “Mendicants, a mendicant with eight qualities is worthy of going on a mission. What eight? It’s a mendicant who learns and educates others. They memorize and remember. They understand and help others understand. They’re skilled at knowing what’s on topic and what isn’t. And they don’t cause quarrels. A mendicant with these eight qualities is worthy of going on a mission. > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu dūteyyaṁ gantumarahati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā ca hoti, sāvetā ca, uggahetā ca, dhāretā ca, viññātā ca, viññāpetā ca, kusalo ca sahitāsahitassa, no ca kalahakārako— imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu dūteyyaṁ gantumarahati. [¶52] Having eight qualities Sāriputta is worthy of going on a mission. What eight? He learns and educates others. He memorizes and remembers. He understands and helps others understand. He’s skilled at knowing what’s on topic and what isn’t. And he doesn’t cause quarrels. Having these eight qualities Sāriputta is worthy of going on a mission. > Pali: Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto dūteyyaṁ gantumarahati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto sotā ca hoti, sāvetā ca, uggahetā ca, dhāretā ca, viññātā ca, viññāpetā ca, kusalo ca sahitāsahitassa, no ca kalahakārako. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto dūteyyaṁ gantumarahatīti. [¶53] They don’t tremble when arriving at an assembly of fierce debaters. They don’t miss out any words, or conceal the instructions. > Pali: Yo ve na byathati patvā, parisaṁ uggavādiniṁ; Na ca hāpeti vacanaṁ, na ca chādeti sāsanaṁ. [¶54] Their words aren’t poisoned, and they don’t tremble when questioned. Such a mendicant is worthy of going on a mission.” > Pali: Asandiddhañca bhaṇati, Pucchito na ca kuppati; Sa ve tādisako bhikkhu, Dūteyyaṁ gantumarahatī”ti. [¶55] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶56] AN 8.17 · Catching (1st) > Pali: AN 8.17 · Paṭhamabandhanasutta [¶57] “Mendicants, a woman catches a man using eight features. What eight? With weeping, laughing, speaking, appearance, gifts of wildflowers, scents, tastes, and touches. A woman catches a man using these eight features. But those beings who are caught by touch are well and truly caught.” > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, ākārehi itthī purisaṁ bandhati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Ruṇṇena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati; hasitena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati; bhaṇitena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati; ākappena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati; vanabhaṅgena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati; gandhena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati; rasena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati; phassena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṁ bandhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahākārehi itthī purisaṁ bandhati. Te, bhikkhave, sattā subaddhā, ye phassena baddhā”ti. [¶58] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶59] AN 8.18 · Catching (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.18 · Dutiyabandhanasutta [¶60] “Mendicants, a man catches a woman using eight features. What eight? With weeping, laughing, speaking, appearance, gifts of wildflowers, scents, tastes, and touches. A man catches a woman using these eight features. But those beings who are caught by touch are well and truly caught.” > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, ākārehi puriso itthiṁ bandhati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Ruṇṇena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati; hasitena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati; bhaṇitena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati; ākappena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati; vanabhaṅgena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati; gandhena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati; rasena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati; phassena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṁ bandhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahākārehi puriso itthiṁ bandhati. Te, bhikkhave, sattā subaddhā, ye phassena baddhā”ti. [¶61] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶62] AN 8.19 · With Pahārāda > Pali: AN 8.19 · Pahārādasutta [¶63] At one time the Buddha was staying in Verañjā at the root of a neem tree dedicated to Naḷeru. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā verañjāyaṁ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle. [¶64] Then Pahārāda, lord of titans, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. The Buddha said to him, “Well, Pahārāda, do the titans love the ocean?” > Pali: Atha kho pahārādo asurindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho pahārādaṁ asurindaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: “Api pana, pahārāda, asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī”ti? [¶65] “Sir, they do indeed.” > Pali: “Abhiramanti, bhante, asurā mahāsamudde”ti. [¶66] “But seeing what incredible and amazing things do the titans love the ocean?” > Pali: “Kati pana, pahārāda, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī”ti? [¶67] “Sir, seeing eight incredible and amazing things the titans love the ocean. What eight? The ocean gradually slants, slopes, and inclines, with no abrupt precipice. This is the first thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: “Aṭṭha, bhante, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? Mahāsamuddo, bhante, anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶68] Furthermore, the ocean is consistent and doesn’t overflow its boundaries. This is the second thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṁ nātivattati. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṁ nātivattati; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶69] Furthermore, the ocean doesn’t accommodate a carcass, but quickly carries it to the shore and strands it on the beach. This is the third thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati. Yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippameva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati, yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippameva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶70] Furthermore, when they reach the ocean, all the great rivers—that is, the Ganges, Yamunā, Aciravatī, Sarabhū, and Mahī—lose their names and clans and are simply reckoned as ‘the ocean’. This is the fourth thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṁ— gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṁ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti. Yampi, bhante, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṁ—gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṁ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶71] Furthermore, for all the world’s streams that reach it, and the showers that fall from the sky, the ocean never empties or fills up. This is the fifth thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati. Yampi, bhante, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶72] Furthermore, the ocean has just one taste, the taste of salt. This is the sixth thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶73] Furthermore, the ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. This is the seventh thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶74] Furthermore, many great beings live in the ocean, such as leviathans, leviathan-gulpers, leviathan-gulper-gulpers, titans, dragons, and centaurs. In the ocean there are life-forms a hundred leagues long, or even two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, or five hundred leagues long. This is the eighth thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā; santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā …pe… tiyojana … catuyojana … pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; ayaṁ, bhante, mahāsamudde aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶75] Seeing these eight incredible and amazing things the titans love the ocean. > Pali: Ime kho, bhante, mahāsamudde aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantīti. [¶76] Well, sir, do the mendicants love this teaching and training?” > Pali: Api pana, bhante, bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramantī”ti? [¶77] “They do indeed, Pahārāda.” > Pali: “Abhiramanti, pahārāda, bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye”ti. [¶78] “But seeing how many incredible and amazing things do the mendicants love this teaching and training?” > Pali: “Kati pana, bhante, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramantī”ti? [¶79] “Seeing eight incredible and amazing things, Pahārāda, the mendicants love this teaching and training. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭha, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? [¶80] The ocean gradually slants, slopes, and inclines, with no abrupt precipice. In the same way in this teaching and training the penetration to enlightenment comes from gradual training, progress, and practice, not abruptly. This is the first thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho. Yampi, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶81] The ocean is consistent and doesn’t overflow its boundaries. In the same way, when a training rule is laid down for my disciples they wouldn’t break it even for the sake of their own life. This is the second thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṁ nātivattati; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, yaṁ mayā sāvakānaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ taṁ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti. Yampi, pahārāda, mayā sāvakānaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ taṁ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶82] The ocean doesn’t accommodate a carcass, but quickly carries it to the shore and strands it on the beach. In the same way, the Saṅgha doesn’t accommodate an individual who is unethical, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, festering, and depraved. But they quickly gather and expel them. Even if they are sitting in the middle of the Saṅgha, they’re far from the Saṅgha, and the Saṅgha is far from them. This is the third thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati. Yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippameva tīraṁ vāheti thalaṁ ussāreti; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṁvasati; khippameva naṁ sannipatitvā ukkhipati. Kiñcāpi so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa sannisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā saṅgho ca tena. Yampi, pahārāda, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṁvasati; khippameva naṁ sannipatitvā ukkhipati; kiñcāpi so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa sannisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā saṅgho ca tena; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶83] When they reach the ocean, all the great rivers—that is, the Ganges, Yamunā, Aciravatī, Sarabhū, and Mahī—lose their names and clans and are simply reckoned as ‘the ocean’. In the same way, when they go forth from the lay life to homelessness, all four classes—aristocrats, brahmins, peasants, and menials—lose their former names and clans and are simply reckoned as ‘ascetics who follow the Sakyan’. This is the fourth thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṁ—gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṁ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, cattārome vaṇṇā—khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti. Yampi, pahārāda, cattārome vaṇṇā—khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’ tveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶84] For all the world’s streams that reach it, and the showers that fall from the sky, the ocean never empties or fills up. In the same way, though several mendicants become fully extinguished in the element of extinguishment with no residue, the element of extinguishment never empties or fills up. This is the fifth thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati. Yampi, pahārāda, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶85] The ocean has just one taste, the taste of salt. In the same way, this teaching and training has one taste, the taste of freedom. This is the sixth thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, ayaṁ dhammavinayo ekaraso, vimuttiraso. Yampi, pahārāda, ayaṁ dhammavinayo ekaraso, vimuttiraso; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶86] The ocean is full of many kinds of treasures, such as pearls, gems, beryl, conch, quartz, coral, silver, native gold, rubies, and emeralds. In the same way, this teaching and training is full of many kinds of treasures, such as the four kinds of mindfulness meditation, the four right efforts, the four bases of psychic power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven awakening factors, and the noble eightfold path. This is the seventh thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṁ rajataṁ jātarūpaṁ lohitako masāragallaṁ; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, ayaṁ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Yampi, pahārāda, ayaṁ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶87] Many great beings live in the ocean, such as leviathans, leviathan-gulpers, leviathan-gulper-gulpers, titans, dragons, and centaurs. In the ocean there are life-forms a hundred leagues long, or even two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, or five hundred leagues long. In the same way, great beings live in this teaching and training, and these are those beings. The stream-enterer and the one practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry. The once-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of once-return. The non-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of non-return. The perfected one, and the one practicing for perfection. This is the eighth thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā; santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; evamevaṁ kho, pahārāda, ayaṁ dhammavinayo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā—sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā arahattāya paṭipanno. Yampi, pahārāda, ayaṁ dhammavinayo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā—sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā arahattāya paṭipanno; ayaṁ, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶88] Seeing these eight incredible and amazing things, Pahārāda, the mendicants love this teaching and training.” > Pali: Ime kho, pahārāda, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramantī”ti. [¶89] > Pali: Navamaṁ. ## 5. The Great Chapter · AN 8.20 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/5/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/5/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.20 · Sabbath > Pali: AN 8.20 · Uposathasutta [¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. [¶2] Now, at that time it was the sabbath, and the Buddha was sitting surrounded by the Saṅgha of monks. And then, as the night was getting late, in the first watch of the night, Venerable Ānanda rose from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his cupped palms toward the Buddha and said, “Sir, the night is getting late. It is the first watch of the night, and the Saṅgha of monks has been sitting long. Please, sir, may the Buddha recite the monastic code to the monks.” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tadahuposathe bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto nisinno hoti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti. [¶3] But when he said this, the Buddha kept silent. > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. [¶4] For a second time, as the night was getting late, in the middle watch of the night, Ānanda rose from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his cupped palms toward the Buddha and said, “Sir, the night is getting late. It is the middle watch of the night, and the Saṅgha of monks has been sitting long. Please, sir, may the Buddha recite the monastic code to the monks.” > Pali: Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante majjhime yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto majjhimo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti. [¶5] But for a second time the Buddha kept silent. > Pali: Dutiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. [¶6] For a third time, as the night was getting late, in the last watch of the night, as dawn stirred, bringing joy to the night, Ānanda rose from his seat, arranged his robe over one shoulder, raised his cupped palms toward the Buddha and said, “Sir, the night is getting late. It is the last watch of the night and dawn stirs, bringing joy to the night. And the Saṅgha has been sitting long. Please, sir, may the Buddha recite the monastic code to the monks.” > Pali: Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto pacchimo yāmo, uddhastaṁ aruṇaṁ, nandimukhī ratti; ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti. [¶7] “Ānanda, the assembly is not pure.” > Pali: “Aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā”ti. [¶8] Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought, “Who is the Buddha talking about?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: “kaṁ nu kho bhagavā puggalaṁ sandhāya evamāha: ‘aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’”ti? [¶9] Then he focused on encompassing the minds of everyone in the Saṅgha. He saw that unethical individual, of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner—though claiming to be one—rotten inside, festering, and depraved, sitting in the middle of the Saṅgha. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sabbāvantaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi. Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ dussīlaṁ pāpadhammaṁ asuciṁ saṅkassarasamācāraṁ paṭicchannakammantaṁ assamaṇaṁ samaṇapaṭiññaṁ abrahmacāriṁ brahmacāripaṭiññaṁ antopūtiṁ avassutaṁ kasambujātaṁ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṁ; [¶10] When he saw him he rose from his seat, went up to him and said, “Get up, reverend. The Buddha has seen you. You can’t live in communion with the monks.” > Pali: disvāna uṭṭhāyāsanā yena so puggalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: “uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā. Natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāso”ti. [¶11] But when he said this, that individual kept silent. > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi. [¶12] For a second time > Pali: Dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: “uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā. Natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāso”ti. Dutiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi. [¶13] and a third time, he asked that monk to leave. > Pali: Tatiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca: “uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā. Natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāso”ti. [¶14] But for a third time that individual kept silent. > Pali: Tatiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi. [¶15] Then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna took that individual by the arm, ejected him out the gate, and bolted the door. Then he went up to the Buddha, and said to him, “I have ejected that individual. The assembly is pure. Please, sir, may the Buddha recite the monastic code to the monks.” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṁ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “nikkhāmito so, bhante, puggalo mayā. Parisuddhā parisā. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti. [¶16] “It’s incredible, Moggallāna, it’s amazing, how that futile man waited to be taken by the arm!” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, moggallāna. Yāva bāhā gahaṇāpi nāma so moghapuriso āgamissatī”ti. [¶17] Then the Buddha said to the monks: > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: [¶18] “Now, monks, you should perform the sabbath and recite the monastic code. From this day forth, I will not perform the sabbath or recite the monastic code. It’s impossible, monks, it can’t happen that a Realized One could recite the monastic code in an impure assembly. > Pali: “tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, uposathaṁ kareyyātha, pātimokkhaṁ uddiseyyātha. Na dānāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ajjatagge uposathaṁ karissāmi, pātimokkhaṁ uddisissāmi. Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ tathāgato aparisuddhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddiseyya. [¶19] Seeing these eight incredible and amazing things the titans love the ocean. What eight? The ocean gradually slants, slopes, and inclines, with no abrupt precipice. This is the first thing the titans love about the ocean. > Pali: Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? Mahāsamuddo, bhikkhave, anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti (yathā purime tathā vitthāro.) [¶20] (Tell in full as in the previous discourse.) > Pali: …pe… [¶21] Furthermore, many great beings live in the ocean, such as leviathans, leviathan-gulpers, leviathan-gulper-gulpers, titans, dragons, and centaurs. In the ocean there are life-forms a hundred leagues long, or even two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, or five hundred leagues long. This is the eighth thing the titans love about the ocean. Seeing these eight incredible and amazing things the titans love the ocean. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Vasanti mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā …pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā; vasanti mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā …pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. [¶22] In the same way, seeing eight incredible and amazing things, monks, the mendicants love this teaching and training. What eight? > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha imasmiṁ dhammavinaye acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? [¶23] The ocean gradually slants, slopes, and inclines, with no abrupt precipice. In the same way in this teaching and training the penetration to enlightenment comes from gradual training, progress, and practice, not abruptly. This is the first thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho. Yampi, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho; ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti …pe… [¶24] Many great beings live in the ocean, such as leviathans, leviathan-gulpers, leviathan-gulper-gulpers, titans, dragons, and centaurs. In the ocean there are life-forms a hundred leagues long, or even two hundred, three hundred, four hundred, or five hundred leagues long. In the same way, great beings live in this teaching and training, and these are those beings. The stream-enterer and the one practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry. The once-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of once-return. The non-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of non-return. The perfected one, and the one practicing for perfection. This is the eighth thing the mendicants love about this teaching and training. > Pali: seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā—timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā, vasanti mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā …pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno …pe… arahā arahattāya paṭipanno. Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā—sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno …pe… arahā arahattāya paṭipanno; ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. [¶25] Seeing these eight incredible and amazing things, the mendicants love this teaching and training.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramantī”ti. [¶26] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶27] > Pali: Mahāvaggo dutiyo. [¶28] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶29] > Pali: Verañjo sīho ājaññaṁ, khaḷuṅkena malāni ca; Dūteyyaṁ dve ca bandhanā, pahārādo uposathoti. ## 6. Householders · AN 8.21–8.28 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/6/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/6/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.21 · With Ugga of Vesālī > Pali: AN 8.21 · Paṭhamauggasutta [¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, you should remember the householder Ugga of Vesālī as someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities.” > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ uggaṁ gahapatiṁ vesālikaṁ dhārethā”ti. [¶2] That is what the Buddha said. When he had spoken, the Holy One rose from his seat and entered his dwelling. > Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṁ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ pāvisi. [¶3] Then a certain mendicant robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Ugga of Vesālī, where he sat down on the seat spread out. Then Ugga of Vesālī went up to that mendicant, bowed, and sat down to one side. The mendicant said to him: > Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho uggaṁ gahapatiṁ vesālikaṁ so bhikkhu etadavoca: [¶4] “Householder, the Buddha declared that you have eight amazing and incredible qualities. What are the eight qualities that he spoke of?” > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi kho tvaṁ, gahapati, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katame te, gahapati, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yehi tvaṁ samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti? [¶5] “Sir, I don’t know what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to. But these eight amazing and incredible qualities are found in me. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, jānāmi: ‘katamehi aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti. Api ca, bhante, ye me aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṁvijjanti,; taṁ suṇohi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶6] “Yes, householder,” replied the mendicant. Ugga of Vesālī said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, gahapatī”ti kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa paccassosi. Uggo gahapati vesāliko etadavoca: [¶7] “Sir, when I first saw the Buddha off in the distance, my heart was inspired as soon as I saw him. This is the first incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: “yadāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ dūratova addasaṁ; saha dassaneneva me, bhante, bhagavato cittaṁ pasīdi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶8] With confident heart I paid homage to the Buddha. The Buddha taught me step by step, with a talk on giving, ethical conduct, and heaven. He revealed the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, so sordid and corrupt, and the benefit of renunciation. And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he revealed the special teaching of the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. Just as a clean cloth rid of stains would properly absorb dye, in that very seat the stainless, immaculate vision of the Dhamma arose in me: ‘Everything that is liable to arise is liable to cease.’ I saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. I went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. Right there I went for refuge to the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha. And I undertook the five training rules with chastity as the fifth. This is the second incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṁ payirupāsiṁ. Tassa me bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ; kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; evamevaṁ kho me tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi: ‘yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman’ti. So kho ahaṁ, bhante, diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane tattheva buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṁ agamāsiṁ, brahmacariyapañcamāni ca sikkhāpadāni samādiyiṁ. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶9] I had four teenage wives. And I went to them and said: ‘Sisters, I’ve undertaken the five training rules with chastity as fifth. If you wish, you may stay here, enjoy my wealth, and do good deeds. Or you can return to your own families. Or would you prefer if I gave you to another man?’ When I said this, my eldest wife said to me: ‘Master, please give me to a man named so-and-so.’ Then I summoned that man. Taking my wife with my left hand and a ceremonial vase with my right, I presented her to that man with the pouring of water. But I can’t recall getting upset while giving away my teenage wife. This is the third incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, catasso komāriyo pajāpatiyo ahesuṁ. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, yena tā pajāpatiyo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā tā pajāpatiyo etadavacaṁ: ‘mayā kho, bhaginiyo, brahmacariyapañcamāni sikkhāpadāni samādinnāni. Yā icchati sā idheva bhoge ca bhuñjatu puññāni ca karotu, sakāni vā ñātikulāni gacchatu. Hoti vā pana purisādhippāyo, kassa vo dammī’ti? Evaṁ vutte, sā, bhante, jeṭṭhā pajāpati maṁ etadavoca: ‘itthannāmassa maṁ, ayyaputta, purisassa dehī’ti. Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ purisaṁ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṁ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṁ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṁ. Komāriṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhante, dāraṁ pariccajanto nābhijānāmi cittassa aññathattaṁ. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶10] And though my family has wealth, it’s shared without reserve with ethical people of good character. This is the fourth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Saṁvijjanti kho pana me, bhante, kule bhogā. Te ca kho appaṭivibhattā sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶11] When I pay homage to a mendicant, I do so carefully, not carelessly. This is the fifth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Yaṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhikkhuṁ payirupāsāmi; sakkaccaṁyeva payirupāsāmi, no asakkaccaṁ. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶12] If that venerable teaches me the Dhamma, I listen carefully, not carelessly. But if they don’t teach me the Dhamma, I teach them. This is the sixth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: So ce, bhante, me āyasmā dhammaṁ deseti; sakkaccaṁyeva suṇomi, no asakkaccaṁ. No ce me so āyasmā dhammaṁ deseti, ahamassa dhammaṁ desemi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶13] It’s not unusual for deities to come to me and announce: ‘Householder, the Buddha’s teaching is well explained!’ When they say this I say to them: ‘The Buddha’s teaching is well explained, regardless of whether or not you deities say so!’ But I don’t recall getting too excited by the fact that the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. This is the seventh incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Anacchariyaṁ kho pana maṁ, bhante, devatā upasaṅkamitvā ārocenti: ‘svākkhāto, gahapati, bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, tā devatā evaṁ vadāmi: ‘vadeyyātha vā evaṁ kho tumhe devatā no vā vadeyyātha, atha kho svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Na kho panāhaṁ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṁ cittassa unnatiṁ: ‘maṁ vā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶14] Of the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha, I don’t see any that I haven’t given up. This is the eighth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni, nāhaṁ tesaṁ kiñci attani appahīnaṁ samanupassāmi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶15] These eight amazing and incredible qualities are found in me. But I don’t know what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to.” > Pali: Ime kho me, bhante, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṁvijjanti. Na ca kho ahaṁ jānāmi— katamehi cāhaṁ aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti. [¶16] Then that mendicant, after taking almsfood in Ugga of Vesālī’s home, rose from his seat and left. Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Ugga of Vesālī. The Buddha said: > Pali: Atha kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesane piṇḍapātaṁ gahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā vesālikena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. [¶17] “Good, good, mendicant! When I declared that the householder Ugga of Vesālī was someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities, I was referring to the same eight qualities that he rightly explained to you. You should remember the householder Ugga of Vesālī as someone who possesses these eight amazing and incredible qualities.” > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu. Yathā taṁ uggo gahapati vesāliko sammā byākaramāno byākareyya, imeheva kho, bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato uggo gahapati vesāliko mayā byākato. Imehi ca pana, bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ uggaṁ gahapatiṁ vesālikaṁ dhārehī”ti. [¶18] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶19] AN 8.22 · With Uggata of Elephant Village > Pali: AN 8.22 · Dutiyauggasutta [¶20] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis at Elephant Village. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, you should remember the householder Uggata of Elephant Village as someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities.” > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati hatthigāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ uggaṁ gahapatiṁ hatthigāmakaṁ dhārethā”ti. [¶21] That is what the Buddha said. When he had spoken, the Holy One rose from his seat and entered his dwelling. > Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṁ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ pāvisi. [¶22] Then a certain mendicant robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Uggata of Elephant Village, where he sat down on the seat spread out. Then Uggata of Elephant Village went up to that mendicant, bowed, and sat down to one side. The mendicant said to him: > Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino hatthigāmakassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho uggo gahapati hatthigāmako yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho uggaṁ gahapatiṁ hatthigāmakaṁ so bhikkhu etadavoca: [¶23] “Householder, the Buddha declared that you have eight amazing and incredible qualities. What are the eight qualities that he spoke of?” > Pali: “aṭṭhahi kho tvaṁ, gahapati, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katame te, gahapati, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yehi tvaṁ samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti? [¶24] “Sir, I don’t know what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to. But these eight amazing and incredible qualities are found in me. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, jānāmi: ‘katamehi aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti. Api ca, bhante, ye me aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṁvijjanti, taṁ suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶25] “Yes, householder,” replied the mendicant. Uggata of Elephant Village said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, gahapatī”ti kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino hatthigāmakassa paccassosi. Uggo gahapati hatthigāmako etadavoca: [¶26] “Sir, when I first saw the Buddha off in the distance I was partying in the Dragon’s Park. My heart was inspired as soon as I saw him, and I sobered up. This is the first incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: “yadāhaṁ, bhante, nāgavane paricaranto bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ dūratova addasaṁ; saha dassaneneva me, bhante, bhagavato cittaṁ pasīdi, surāmado ca pahīyi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶27] With confident heart I paid homage to the Buddha. The Buddha taught me step by step, with a talk on giving, ethical conduct, and heaven. He revealed the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, so sordid and corrupt, and the benefit of renunciation. And when he knew that my mind was ready, pliable, rid of hindrances, elated, and confident he revealed the special teaching of the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path. Just as a clean cloth rid of stains would properly absorb dye, in that very seat the stainless, immaculate vision of the Dhamma arose in me: ‘Everything that is liable to arise is liable to cease.’ I saw, attained, understood, and fathomed the Dhamma. I went beyond doubt, got rid of indecision, and became self-assured and independent of others regarding the Teacher’s instructions. Right there I went for refuge to the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha. And I undertook the five training rules with chastity as the fifth. This is the second incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: So kho ahaṁ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṁ payirupāsiṁ. Tassa me bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ— dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ; kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. Yadā maṁ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṁ muducittaṁ vinīvaraṇacittaṁ udaggacittaṁ pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi— dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; evamevaṁ kho me tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi: ‘yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman’ti. So kho ahaṁ, bhante, diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane tattheva buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṁ agamāsiṁ, brahmacariyapañcamāni ca sikkhāpadāni samādiyiṁ. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶28] I had four teenage wives. And I went to them and said: ‘Sisters, I’ve undertaken the five training rules with chastity as fifth. If you wish, you may stay here, enjoy my wealth, and do good deeds. Or you can return to your own families. Or would you prefer if I gave you to another man?’ When I said this, my eldest wife said to me: ‘Master, please give me to the man named so-and-so.’ Then I summoned that man. Taking my wife with my left hand and a ceremonial vase with my right, I presented her to that man with the pouring of water. But I can’t recall getting upset while giving away my teenage wife. This is the third incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, catasso komāriyo pajāpatiyo ahesuṁ. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, yena tā pajāpatiyo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā tā pajāpatiyo etadavacaṁ: ‘mayā kho, bhaginiyo, brahmacariyapañcamāni sikkhāpadāni samādinnāni. Yā icchati sā idheva bhoge ca bhuñjatu puññāni ca karotu, sakāni vā ñātikulāni gacchatu. Hoti vā pana purisādhippāyo, kassa vo dammī’ti? Evaṁ vutte, sā, bhante, jeṭṭhā pajāpati maṁ etadavoca: ‘itthannāmassa maṁ, ayyaputta, purisassa dehī’ti. Atha kho ahaṁ, bhante, taṁ purisaṁ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṁ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṁ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṁ. Komāriṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhante, dāraṁ pariccajanto nābhijānāmi cittassa aññathattaṁ. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶29] And though my family has wealth, it’s shared without reserve with ethical people of good character. This is the fourth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Saṁvijjanti kho pana me, bhante, kule bhogā. Te ca kho appaṭivibhattā sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶30] When I pay homage to a mendicant, I do so carefully, not carelessly. If that venerable teaches me the Dhamma, I listen carefully, not carelessly. But if they don’t teach me the Dhamma, I teach them. This is the fifth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Yaṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhikkhuṁ payirupāsāmi; sakkaccaṁyeva payirupāsāmi, no asakkaccaṁ. So ce me āyasmā dhammaṁ deseti; sakkaccaṁyeva suṇomi, no asakkaccaṁ. No ce me so āyasmā dhammaṁ deseti, ahamassa dhammaṁ desemi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶31] It’s not unusual for deities to come to me when the Saṅgha has been invited and announce: ‘Householder, that mendicant is freed both ways. That one is freed by wisdom. That one is a direct witness. That one is attained to view. That one is freed by faith. That one is a follower of teachings. That one is a follower by faith. That one is ethical, of good character. That one is unethical, of bad character.’ But while I’m serving the Saṅgha I don’t recall thinking: ‘Let me give this one just a little, and that one a lot.’ Rather, I give impartially. This is the sixth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Anacchariyaṁ kho pana, bhante, saṅghe nimantite devatā upasaṅkamitvā ārocenti: ‘asuko, gahapati, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto asuko paññāvimutto asuko kāyasakkhī asuko diṭṭhippatto asuko saddhāvimutto asuko dhammānusārī asuko saddhānusārī asuko sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo asuko dussīlo pāpadhammo’ti. Saṅghaṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhante, parivisanto nābhijānāmi evaṁ cittaṁ uppādento: ‘imassa vā thokaṁ demi imassa vā bahukan’ti. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, samacittova demi. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶32] It’s not unusual for deities to come to me and announce: ‘Householder, the Buddha’s teaching is well explained!’ When they say this I say to them: ‘The Buddha’s teaching is well explained, regardless of whether or not you deities say so!’ But I don’t recall getting too excited by the fact that the deities come to me, and I have a conversation with them. This is the seventh incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Anacchariyaṁ kho pana maṁ, bhante, devatā upasaṅkamitvā ārocenti: ‘svākkhāto, gahapati, bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, bhante, tā devatā evaṁ vademi: ‘vadeyyātha vā evaṁ kho tumhe devatā no vā vadeyyātha, atha kho svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Na kho panāhaṁ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṁ cittassa unnatiṁ: ‘maṁ tā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṁ vā devatāhi saddhiṁ sallapāmī’ti. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶33] If I pass away before the Buddha, it would be no wonder if the Buddha declares of me: ‘The householder Uggata of Elephant Village is bound by no fetter that might return him to this world.’ This is the eighth incredible and amazing quality found in me. > Pali: Sace kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato paṭhamataraṁ kālaṁ kareyyaṁ, anacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evaṁ byākareyya: ‘natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyutto uggo gahapati hatthigāmako puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā’ti. Ayaṁ kho me, bhante, aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṁvijjati. [¶34] These eight amazing and incredible qualities are found in me. But I don’t know what eight amazing and incredible qualities the Buddha was referring to.” > Pali: Ime kho me, bhante, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṁvijjanti. Na ca kho ahaṁ jānāmi: ‘katamehi cāhaṁ aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’”ti. [¶35] Then that mendicant, after taking almsfood in Uggata of Elephant Village’s home, rose from his seat and left. Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. He informed the Buddha of all he had discussed with the householder Uggata of Elephant Village. The Buddha said: > Pali: Atha kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino hatthigāmakassa nivesane piṇḍapātaṁ gahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā hatthigāmakena saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo, taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. [¶36] “Good, good, mendicant! When I declared that the householder Uggata of Elephant Village was someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities, I was referring to the same eight qualities that he rightly explained to you. You should remember the householder Uggata of Elephant Village as someone who has these eight amazing and incredible qualities.” > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu. Yathā taṁ uggo gahapati hatthigāmako sammā byākaramāno byākareyya, imeheva kho, bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato uggo gahapati hatthigāmako mayā byākato. Imehi ca pana, bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ uggaṁ gahapatiṁ hatthigāmakaṁ dhārehī”ti. [¶37] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶38] AN 8.23 · With Hatthaka (1st) > Pali: AN 8.23 · Paṭhamahatthakasutta [¶39] At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, at Āḷavī’s premier shrine. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: [¶40] “Mendicants, you should remember the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī as someone who has seven amazing and incredible qualities. What seven? He’s faithful, ethical, conscientious, prudent, learned, generous, and wise. You should remember the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī as someone who possesses these seven amazing and incredible qualities.” > Pali: “sattahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ dhāretha. Katamehi sattahi? Saddho hi, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; hirīmā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; ottappī, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; bahussuto, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; cāgavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako— imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ dhārethā”ti. [¶41] That is what the Buddha said. When he had spoken, the Holy One rose from his seat and entered his dwelling. > Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṁ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṁ pāvisi. [¶42] Then a certain mendicant robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī, where he sat down on the seat spread out. Then Hatthaka went up to that mendicant, bowed, and sat down to one side. The mendicant said to Hatthaka: > Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho hatthako āḷavako yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ so bhikkhu etadavoca: [¶43] “Respectable sir, the Buddha declared that you have seven amazing and incredible qualities. What seven? He said that you’re faithful, ethical, conscientious, prudent, learned, generous, and wise. The Buddha declared that you possess these seven amazing and incredible qualities.” > Pali: “Sattahi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katamehi sattahi? ‘Saddho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā …pe… hirīmā … ottappī … bahussuto … cāgavā … paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako’ti. Imehi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato”ti. [¶44] “But sir, I trust that no white-clothed lay people were present?” > Pali: “Kaccittha, bhante, na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano”ti? [¶45] “No, there weren’t any white-clothed lay people present.” > Pali: “Na hettha, āvuso, koci gihī ahosi odātavasano”ti. [¶46] “That’s good, sir.” > Pali: “Sādhu, bhante, yadettha na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano”ti. [¶47] Then that mendicant, after taking almsfood in Hatthaka of Āḷavī’s home, rose from his seat and left. Then after the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him of what he had discussed with the householder Hatthaka. The Buddha said: > Pali: Atha kho so bhikkhu hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesane piṇḍapātaṁ gahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶48] > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁ. Atha kho, bhante, hatthako āḷavako yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ etadavacaṁ: ‘sattahi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katamehi sattahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā …pe… hirīmā … ottappī … bahussuto … cāgavā … paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavakoti. Imehi kho tvaṁ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti. [¶49] > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, bhante, hatthako maṁ etadavoca: ‘kaccittha, bhante, na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’ti? ‘Na hettha, āvuso, koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’ti. ‘Sādhu, bhante, yadettha na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’”ti. [¶50] “Good, good, mendicant! That gentleman has few wishes. He doesn’t want his own good qualities to be made known to others. Well then, mendicant, you should remember the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī as someone who has this eighth amazing and incredible quality, that is, fewness of wishes.” > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu. Appiccho so, bhikkhu, kulaputto. Santeyeva attani kusaladhamme na icchati parehi ñāyamāne. Tena hi tvaṁ, bhikkhu, imināpi aṭṭhamena acchariyena abbhutena dhammena samannāgataṁ hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ dhārehi, yadidaṁ appicchatāyā”ti. [¶51] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶52] AN 8.24 · With Hatthaka (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.24 · Dutiyahatthakasutta [¶53] At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, at Āḷavī’s premier shrine. Then the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī, escorted by around five hundred lay followers, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to Hatthaka: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Atha kho hatthako āḷavako pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶54] “Hatthaka, you have a large congregation. How do you bring together such a large congregation?” > Pali: “mahatī kho tyāyaṁ, hatthaka, parisā. Kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, hatthaka, imaṁ mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgaṇhāsī”ti? [¶55] “Sir, I bring together such a large congregation by using the four ways of being inclusive as taught by the Buddha. When I know that they can be included by a gift, I include them by giving a gift. When I know that they can be included by kindly words, I include them by kindly words. When I know that they can be included by taking care of them, I include them by caring for them. When I know that they can be included by equality, I include them by treating them equally. But also, worthy sir, my family is wealthy. They wouldn’t think that a poor person was worth listening to in the same way.” > Pali: “Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni cattāri saṅgahavatthūni, tehāhaṁ imaṁ mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgaṇhāmi. Ahaṁ, bhante, yaṁ jānāmi: ‘ayaṁ dānena saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṁ dānena saṅgaṇhāmi; yaṁ jānāmi: ‘ayaṁ peyyavajjena saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṁ peyyavajjena saṅgaṇhāmi; yaṁ jānāmi: ‘ayaṁ atthacariyāya saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṁ atthacariyāya saṅgaṇhāmi; yaṁ jānāmi: ‘ayaṁ samānattatāya saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṁ samānattatāya saṅgaṇhāmi. Saṁvijjanti kho pana me, bhante, kule bhogā. Daliddassa kho no tathā sotabbaṁ maññantī”ti. [¶56] “Good, good, Hatthaka! This is the right way to bring together a large congregation. Whether in the past, future, or present, all those who have brought together a large congregation have done so by using these four ways of being inclusive.” > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, hatthaka. Yoni kho tyāyaṁ, hatthaka, mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgahetuṁ. Ye hi keci, hatthaka, atītamaddhānaṁ mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgahesuṁ, sabbe te imeheva catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgahesuṁ. Yepi hi keci, hatthaka, anāgatamaddhānaṁ mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgaṇhissanti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgaṇhissanti. Yepi hi keci, hatthaka, etarahi mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgaṇhanti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahatiṁ parisaṁ saṅgaṇhantī”ti. [¶57] Then the Buddha educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Hatthaka of Āḷavī with a Dhamma talk, after which he got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving. Then, not long after Hatthaka had left, the Buddha addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, you should remember the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī as someone who has eight amazing and incredible qualities. What eight? He’s faithful, ethical, conscientious, prudent, learned, generous, wise, and has few wishes. You should remember the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī as someone who possesses these eight amazing and incredible qualities.” > Pali: Atha kho hatthako āḷavako bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante hatthake āḷavake bhikkhū āmantesi: “aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ dhāretha. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā, bhikkhave …pe… hirīmā … ottappī … bahussuto … cāgavā … paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; appiccho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṁ hatthakaṁ āḷavakaṁ dhārethā”ti. [¶58] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶59] AN 8.25 · With Mahānāma > Pali: AN 8.25 · Mahānāmasutta [¶60] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Then Mahānāma the Sakyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶61] “Sir, how is a lay follower defined?” > Pali: “kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, upāsako hotī”ti? [¶62] “Mahānāma, when you’ve gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, you’re considered to be a lay follower.” > Pali: “Yato kho, mahānāma, buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti; ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako hotī”ti. [¶63] “But how is an ethical lay follower defined?” > Pali: “Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako sīlavā hotī”ti? [¶64] “When a lay follower doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor, they’re considered to be an ethical lay follower.” > Pali: “Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti; ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako sīlavā hotī”ti. [¶65] “But how do we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit themselves, not others?” > Pali: “Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti? [¶66] “A lay follower is accomplished in faith, but doesn’t encourage others to do the same. They’re accomplished in ethical conduct, but don’t encourage others to do the same. They’re accomplished in generosity, but don’t encourage others to do the same. They like to see the mendicants, but don’t encourage others to do the same. They like to hear the true teaching, but don’t encourage others to do the same. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard, but don’t encourage others to do the same. They examine the meaning of the teachings they’ve memorized, but don’t encourage others to do the same. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching, but they don’t encourage others to do the same. That’s how we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit themselves, not others.” > Pali: “Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako attanāva saddhāsampanno hoti, no paraṁ saddhāsampadāya samādapeti; attanāva sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṁ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanāva cāgasampanno hoti, no paraṁ cāgasampadāya samādapeti; attanāva bhikkhūnaṁ dassanakāmo hoti, no paraṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dassane samādapeti; attanāva saddhammaṁ sotukāmo hoti, no paraṁ saddhammassavane samādapeti; attanāva sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti, no paraṁ dhammadhāraṇāya samādapeti; attanāva sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti, no paraṁ atthūpaparikkhāya samādapeti; attanāva atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, no paraṁ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti. [¶67] “But how do we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit both themselves and others?” > Pali: “Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā”ti? [¶68] “A lay follower is accomplished in faith and encourages others to do the same. They’re accomplished in ethical conduct and encourage others to do the same. They’re accomplished in generosity and encourage others to do the same. They like to see the mendicants and encourage others to do the same. They like to hear the true teaching and encourage others to do the same. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard and encourage others to do the same. They examine the meaning of the teachings they’ve memorized and encourage others to do the same. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching and they encourage others to do the same. That’s how we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit both themselves and others.” > Pali: “Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako attanā ca saddhāsampanno hoti, parañca saddhāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, parañca sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca cāgasampanno hoti, parañca cāgasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca bhikkhūnaṁ dassanakāmo hoti, parañca bhikkhūnaṁ dassane samādapeti; attanā ca saddhammaṁ sotukāmo hoti, parañca saddhammassavane samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti, parañca dhammadhāraṇāya samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti, parañca atthūpaparikkhāya samādapeti, attanā ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, parañca dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā”ti. [¶69] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶70] AN 8.26 · With Jīvaka > Pali: AN 8.26 · Jīvakasutta [¶71] At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in Jīvaka’s Mango Grove. Then Jīvaka Komārabhacca went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Sir, how is a lay follower defined?” > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakambavane. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, upāsako hotī”ti? [¶72] “Jīvaka, when you’ve gone for refuge to the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, you’re considered to be a lay follower.” > Pali: “Yato kho, jīvaka, buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti, saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti; ettāvatā kho, jīvaka, upāsako hotī”ti. [¶73] “But how is an ethical lay follower defined?” > Pali: “Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako sīlavā hotī”ti? [¶74] “When a lay follower doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor, they’re considered to be an ethical lay follower.” > Pali: “Yato kho, jīvaka, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti; ettāvatā kho, jīvaka, upāsako sīlavā hotī”ti. [¶75] “But how do we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit themselves, not others?” > Pali: “Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti? [¶76] “A lay follower is accomplished in faith, but doesn’t encourage others to do the same. They’re accomplished in ethical conduct … they’re accomplished in generosity … they like to see the mendicants … they like to hear the true teaching … they memorize the teachings … they examine the meaning … Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching, but they don’t encourage others to do the same. That’s how we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit themselves, not others.” > Pali: “Yato kho, jīvaka, upāsako attanāva saddhāsampanno hoti, no paraṁ saddhāsampadāya samādapeti …pe… attanāva atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, no paraṁ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, jīvaka, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā”ti. [¶77] “But how do we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit both themselves and others?” > Pali: “Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā”ti? [¶78] “A lay follower is accomplished in faith and encourages others to do the same. They’re accomplished in ethical conduct and encourage others to do the same. They’re accomplished in generosity and encourage others to do the same. They like to see the mendicants and encourage others to do the same. They like to hear the true teaching and encourage others to do the same. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard and encourage others to do the same. They examine the meaning of the teachings they’ve memorized and encourage others to do the same. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching and they encourage others to do the same. That’s how we define a lay follower who is practicing to benefit both themselves and others.” > Pali: “Yato kho, jīvaka, upāsako attanā ca saddhāsampanno hoti, parañca saddhāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, parañca sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca cāgasampanno hoti, parañca cāgasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca bhikkhūnaṁ dassanakāmo hoti, parañca bhikkhūnaṁ dassane samādapeti; attanā ca saddhammaṁ sotukāmo hoti, parañca saddhammassavane samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti, parañca dhammadhāraṇāya samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti, parañca atthūpaparikkhāya samādapeti; attanā ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, parañca dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, jīvaka, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā”ti. [¶79] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶80] AN 8.27 · Powers (1st) > Pali: AN 8.27 · Paṭhamabalasutta [¶81] “Mendicants, there are these eight powers. What eight? Crying is the power of babies. Anger is the power of ladies. Weapons are the power of bandits. Authority is the power of rulers. Complaining is the power of fools. Reason is the power of the astute. Reflection is the power of the learned. Patience is the power of ascetics and brahmins. These are the eight powers.” > Pali: “Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Ruṇṇabalā, bhikkhave, dārakā, kodhabalā mātugāmā, āvudhabalā corā, issariyabalā rājāno, ujjhattibalā bālā, nijjhattibalā paṇḍitā, paṭisaṅkhānabalā bahussutā, khantibalā samaṇabrāhmaṇā— imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha balānī”ti. [¶82] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶83] AN 8.28 · Powers (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.28 · Dutiyabalasutta [¶84] Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶85] “Sāriputta, how many powers does a mendicant who has ended the defilements have that qualify them to claim: ‘My defilements have ended’?” > Pali: “kati nu kho, sāriputta, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balāni, yehi balehi samannāgato khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’”ti? [¶86] “Sir, a mendicant who has ended the defilements has eight powers that qualify them to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’ > Pali: “Aṭṭha, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balāni, yehi balehi samannāgato khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti. [¶87] What eight? Firstly, a mendicant with defilements ended has clearly seen with right wisdom all conditions as truly impermanent. This is a power that a mendicant who has ended the defilements relies on to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’ > Pali: Katamāni aṭṭha? Idha, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti. [¶88] Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has clearly seen with right wisdom that sensual pleasures are truly like a pit of glowing coals. This is a power that a mendicant who has ended the defilements relies on to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’ > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti. [¶89] Furthermore, the mind of a mendicant with defilements ended slants, slopes, and inclines to seclusion. They’re withdrawn, loving renunciation, and have totally eliminated defiling influences. This is a power that a mendicant who has ended the defilements relies on to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’ > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṁ cittaṁ hoti vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāraṁ vivekaṭṭhaṁ nekkhammābhirataṁ byantibhūtaṁ sabbaso āsavaṭṭhāniyehi dhammehi. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṁ cittaṁ hoti vivekapoṇaṁ vivekapabbhāraṁ vivekaṭṭhaṁ nekkhammābhirataṁ byantibhūtaṁ sabbaso āsavaṭṭhāniyehi dhammehi, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti. [¶90] Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has well developed the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. This is a power that a mendicant who has ended the defilements relies on to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’ > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti. [¶91] Furthermore, a mendicant with defilements ended has well developed the four bases of psychic power … the five faculties … the seven awakening factors … the noble eightfold path. This is a power that a mendicant who has ended the defilements relies on to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’ > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā …pe… pañcindriyāni bhāvitāni honti subhāvitāni …pe… satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā …pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṁ hoti, yaṁ balaṁ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’ti. [¶92] A mendicant who has ended the defilements possesses these eight powers that qualify them to claim: ‘My defilements have ended.’” > Pali: Imāni kho, bhante, aṭṭha khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balāni, yehi balehi samannāgato khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayaṁ paṭijānāti: ‘khīṇā me āsavā’”ti. [¶93] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. ## 7. Householders · AN 8.29–8.30 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/7/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/7/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.29 · Lost Opportunities > Pali: AN 8.29 · Akkhaṇasutta [¶1] “‘Now is the time! Now is the time!’ So says an unlearned ordinary person. But they don’t know whether it’s time or not. Mendicants, there are eight lost opportunities for spiritual practice. What eight? > Pali: “‘Khaṇakicco loko, khaṇakicco loko’ti, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano bhāsati, no ca kho so jānāti khaṇaṁ vā akkhaṇaṁ vā. Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, akkhaṇā asamayā brahmacariyavāsāya. Katame aṭṭha? [¶2] Firstly, a Realized One has arisen in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One. But an individual has been reborn in hell. This is the first lost opportunity for spiritual practice. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito; ayañca puggalo nirayaṁ upapanno hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya. [¶3] Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world … He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One. But an individual has been reborn in the animal realm. This is the second lost opportunity … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito; ayañca puggalo tiracchānayoniṁ upapanno hoti …pe…. [¶4] Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world … But an individual has been reborn in the ghost realm. This is the third lost opportunity … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… ayañca puggalo pettivisayaṁ upapanno hoti …pe…. [¶5] Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world … But an individual has been reborn in one of the long-lived orders of gods. This is the fourth lost opportunity … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… ayañca puggalo aññataraṁ dīghāyukaṁ devanikāyaṁ upapanno hoti …pe…. [¶6] Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world … But an individual has been reborn in the borderlands, among uneducated foreigners, where monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen do not go. This is the fifth lost opportunity … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… ayañca puggalo paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti aviññātāresu milakkhesu, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ upāsakānaṁ upāsikānaṁ …pe…. [¶7] Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world … And an individual is reborn in a central country. But they have wrong view and distorted perspective: ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’ This is the sixth lost opportunity … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti micchādiṭṭhiko viparītadassano: ‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammā paṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti …pe…. [¶8] Furthermore, a Realized One has arisen in the world … And an individual is reborn in a central country. But they’re witless, dull, idiotic, and unable to distinguish what is well said from what is poorly said. This is the seventh lost opportunity for spiritual practice. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave …pe… ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti duppañño jaḷo eḷamūgo appaṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya. [¶9] Furthermore, a Realized One has not arisen in the world … So he doesn’t teach the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One. And an individual is reborn in a central country. And they’re wise, bright, clever, and able to distinguish what is well said from what is poorly said. This is the eighth lost opportunity for spiritual practice. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke anuppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. Dhammo ca na desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti paññavā ajaḷo aneḷamūgo paṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya. [¶10] There are these eight lost opportunities for spiritual practice. > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha akkhaṇā asamayā brahmacariyavāsāya. [¶11] Mendicants, there is just one opportunity for spiritual practice. What is that one? It’s when a Realized One has arisen in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One. And an individual is reborn in a central country. And they’re wise, bright, clever, and able to distinguish what is well said from what is poorly said. This is the one opportunity for spiritual practice. > Pali: Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāya. Katamo eko? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. Dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti paññavā ajaḷo aneḷamūgo paṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, ekova khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyāti. [¶12] When you’ve gained the human state, and the true teaching has been so well proclaimed, those who don’t seize the moment are wasting their time. > Pali: Manussalābhaṁ laddhāna, saddhamme suppavedite; Ye khaṇaṁ nādhigacchanti, atināmenti te khaṇaṁ. [¶13] For many wrong times are spoken of, which obstruct the path. Only on rare occasions do Realized Ones arise. > Pali: Bahū hi akkhaṇā vuttā, maggassa antarāyikā; Kadāci karahaci loke, uppajjanti tathāgatā. [¶14] If you find yourself in their presence, so hard to find in the world, and if you’ve gained a human birth, and the teaching of the Dhamma; that’s enough to make an effort, for a personage who desires self-knowledge. > Pali: Tayidaṁ sammukhībhūtaṁ, yaṁ lokasmiṁ sudullabhaṁ; Manussapaṭilābho ca, saddhammassa ca desanā; Alaṁ vāyamituṁ tattha, attakāmena jantunā. [¶15] How is the true teaching to be understood so that the moment doesn’t pass you by? For if you miss your moment you’ll grieve when sent to hell. > Pali: Kathaṁ vijaññā saddhammaṁ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā; Khaṇātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā. [¶16] If you fail to achieve certainty regarding the true teaching you’ll regret it for a long time, like the merchant in the story of the past. > Pali: Idha ce naṁ virādheti, saddhammassa niyāmataṁ; Vāṇijova atītattho, cirattaṁ anutapissati. [¶17] A man shrouded by ignorance, a failure in the true teaching, will long undergo transmigration through birth and death. > Pali: Avijjānivuto poso, saddhammaṁ aparādhiko; Jātimaraṇasaṁsāraṁ, ciraṁ paccanubhossati. [¶18] Those who’ve gained the human state when the true teaching has been so well proclaimed, and have completed what the Teacher taught— or will do so, or are doing so now— > Pali: Ye ca laddhā manussattaṁ, saddhamme suppavedite; Akaṁsu satthu vacanaṁ, karissanti karonti vā. [¶19] have realized the right time in the world for the supreme spiritual life. You should live guarded, ever mindful, not festering with defilements, > Pali: Khaṇaṁ paccaviduṁ loke, brahmacariyaṁ anuttaraṁ; Ye maggaṁ paṭipajjiṁsu, tathāgatappaveditaṁ. [¶20] among those restrained ones who have practiced the path proclaimed by the Realized One, the Clear-eyed One, and taught by the Kinsman of the Sun. > Pali: Ye saṁvarā cakkhumatā, desitādiccabandhunā; Tesu gutto sadā sato, vihare anavassuto. [¶21] Having cut off all underlying tendencies that follow those drifting in Māra’s dominion, they’re the ones in this world who’ve truly crossed over, having reached the ending of defilements.” > Pali: Sabbe anusaye chetvā, māradheyyaparānuge; Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, ye pattā āsavakkhayan”ti. [¶22] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶23] AN 8.30 · Anuruddha and the Great Thoughts > Pali: AN 8.30 · Anuruddhamahāvitakkasutta [¶24] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. And at that time Venerable Anuruddha was staying in the land of the Cetīs in the Park of the East-Raftered Hall. Then as Anuruddha was in private retreat this thought came to his mind: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṁsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho cetīsu viharati pācīnavaṁsadāye. Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: [¶25] “This teaching is for those of few wishes, not those of many wishes. It’s for the contented, not those who lack contentment. It’s for the secluded, not those who enjoy company. It’s for the energetic, not the lazy. It’s for the mindful, not the unmindful. It’s for those with immersion, not those without immersion. It’s for the wise, not the witless.” > Pali: “appicchassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo mahicchassa; santuṭṭhassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asantuṭṭhassa; pavivittassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassa; āraddhavīriyassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo kusītassa; upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo muṭṭhassatissa; samāhitassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asamāhitassa; paññavato ayaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo duppaññassā”ti. [¶26] Then the Buddha knew Anuruddha’s train of thought. As easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood in the land of the Bhaggas and reappeared in front of Anuruddha in the Park of the East-Raftered Hall in the land of the Cetīs, and sat down on the seat spread out. Anuruddha bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him: > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—bhaggesu susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye antarahito cetīsu pācīnavaṁsadāye āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Āyasmāpi kho anuruddho bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶27] “Good, good, Anuruddha! It’s good that you reflect on these thoughts of a great man: ‘This teaching is for those of few wishes, not those of many wishes. It’s for the contented, not those who lack contentment. It’s for the secluded, not those who enjoy company. It’s for the energetic, not the lazy. It’s for the mindful, not the unmindful. It’s for those with immersion, not those without immersion. It’s for the wise, not the witless.’ Well then, Anuruddha, you should also reflect on the following eighth thought of a great man: ‘This teaching is for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate.’ > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, anuruddha. Sādhu kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, yaṁ taṁ mahāpurisavitakkaṁ vitakkesi: ‘appicchassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo mahicchassa; santuṭṭhassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asantuṭṭhassa; pavivittassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassa; āraddhavīriyassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo kusītassa; upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo muṭṭhassatissa; samāhitassāyaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asamāhitassa; paññavato ayaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo duppaññassā’ti. Tena hi tvaṁ, anuruddha, imampi aṭṭhamaṁ mahāpurisavitakkaṁ vitakkehi: ‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti. [¶28] First you’ll reflect on these eight thoughts of a great man. Then as far as you want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, you’ll enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṁ, anuruddha, yāvadeva ākaṅkhissasi, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharissasi. [¶29] You’ll enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṁ, anuruddha, yāvadeva ākaṅkhissasi, vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharissasi. [¶30] You’ll enter and remain in the third absorption, where you’ll meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṁ, anuruddha, yāvadeva ākaṅkhissasi, pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharissasi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedissasi yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharissasi. [¶31] With the giving up of pleasure and pain and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, you’ll enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṁ, anuruddha, yāvadeva ākaṅkhissasi, sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharissasi. [¶32] First you’ll reflect on these eight thoughts of a great man, and you’ll get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when you want, without trouble or difficulty. Then as you live contented, your rag robe will seem to you like a chest full of garments of different colors seems to a householder or householder’s child. It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nānārattānaṁ dussānaṁ dussakaraṇḍako pūro; evamevaṁ te paṁsukūlacīvaraṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. [¶33] As you live contented, your scraps of almsfood will seem to you like boiled fine rice with the dark grains picked out, served with many soups and sauces seems to a householder or householder’s child. It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā sālīnaṁ odano vicitakāḷako anekasūpo anekabyañjano; evamevaṁ te piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. [¶34] As you live contented, your lodging at the root of a tree will seem to you like a bungalow, plastered inside and out, draft-free, with door fastened and window shuttered seems to a householder or householder’s child. It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā kūṭāgāraṁ ullittāvalittaṁ nivātaṁ phusitaggaḷaṁ pihitavātapānaṁ; evamevaṁ te rukkhamūlasenāsanaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. [¶35] As you live contented, your grass mat for lodging will seem to you like a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends seems to a householder or householder’s child. It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno; evamevaṁ te tiṇasanthārakasayanāsanaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. [¶36] As you live contented your rancid urine as medicine will seem to you like various medicines—ghee, butter, oil, honey, and molasses—seem to a householder or householder’s child. It will be for your enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. Well then, Anuruddha, for the next rainy season residence you should stay right here in the land of the Cetīs in the Park of the East-Raftered Hall.” > Pali: Yato kho tvaṁ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṁ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nānābhesajjāni, seyyathidaṁ—sappi navanītaṁ telaṁ madhu phāṇitaṁ; evamevaṁ te pūtimuttabhesajjaṁ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. Tena hi tvaṁ, anuruddha, āyatikampi vassāvāsaṁ idheva cetīsu pācīnavaṁsadāye vihareyyāsī”ti. [¶37] “Yes, sir,” Anuruddha replied. > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato paccassosi. [¶38] After advising Anuruddha like this, the Buddha—as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Park of the East-Raftered Hall in the land of the Cetīs and reappeared in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow. He sat down on the seat spread out and addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, I will teach you the eight thoughts of a great man. Listen … > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ iminā ovādena ovaditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—cetīsu pācīnavaṁsadāye antarahito bhaggesu susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye pāturahosīti. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “aṭṭha kho, bhikkhave, mahāpurisavitakke desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha …pe… [¶39] And what are the eight thoughts of a great man? This teaching is for those of few wishes, not those of many wishes. It’s for the contented, not those who lack contentment. It’s for the secluded, not those who enjoy company. It’s for the energetic, not the lazy. It’s for the mindful, not the unmindful. It’s for those with immersion, not those without immersion. It’s for the wise, not the witless. It’s for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate. > Pali: katame ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakkā? Appicchassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo mahicchassa; santuṭṭhassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asantuṭṭhassa; pavivittassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassa; āraddhavīriyassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo kusītassa; upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo muṭṭhassatissa; samāhitassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asamāhitassa; paññavato ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo duppaññassa; nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino. [¶40] ‘This teaching is for those of few wishes, not those of many wishes.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? A mendicant with few wishes doesn’t wish: ‘May they know me as having few wishes!’ When contented, they don’t wish: ‘May they know me as contented!’ When secluded, they don’t wish: ‘May they know me as secluded!’ When energetic, they don’t wish: ‘May they know me as energetic!’ When mindful, they don’t wish: ‘May they know me as mindful!’ When immersed, they don’t wish: ‘May they know me as immersed!’ When wise, they don’t wish: ‘May they know me as wise!’ When not enjoying proliferation, they don’t wish: ‘May they know me as one who doesn’t enjoy proliferating!’ ‘This teaching is for those of few wishes, not those of many wishes.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Appicchassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo mahicchassā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appiccho samāno ‘appicchoti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati, santuṭṭho samāno ‘santuṭṭhoti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati, pavivitto samāno ‘pavivittoti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati, āraddhavīriyo samāno ‘āraddhavīriyoti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati, upaṭṭhitassati samāno ‘upaṭṭhitassatīti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati, samāhito samāno ‘samāhitoti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati, paññavā samāno ‘paññavāti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati, nippapañcārāmo samāno ‘nippapañcārāmoti maṁ jāneyyun’ti na icchati. ‘Appicchassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo mahicchassā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶41] ‘This teaching is for the contented, not those who lack contentment.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It’s for a mendicant who’s content with any kind of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. ‘This teaching is for the contented, not those who lack contentment.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Santuṭṭhassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asantuṭṭhassā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ, kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. ‘Santuṭṭhassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asantuṭṭhassā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶42] ‘This teaching is for the secluded, not those who enjoy company.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It’s for a mendicant who lives secluded. But monks, nuns, laymen, laywomen, rulers and their chief ministers, monastics of other religions and their disciples go to visit them. With a mind slanting, sloping, and inclining to seclusion, withdrawn, and loving renunciation, that mendicant invariably gives a talk concerned only with sending them away. ‘This teaching is for the secluded, not those who enjoy company.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Pavivittassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ, kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato bhavanti upasaṅkamitāro bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā. Tatra bhikkhu vivekaninnena cittena vivekapoṇena vivekapabbhārena vivekaṭṭhena nekkhammābhiratena aññadatthu uyyojanikapaṭisaṁyuttaṁyeva kathaṁ kattā hoti. ‘Pavivittassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶43] ‘This teaching is for the energetic, not the lazy.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It’s for a mendicant who lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. ‘This teaching is for the energetic, not the lazy.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Āraddhavīriyassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo kusītassā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ, kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. ‘Āraddhavīriyassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo kusītassā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶44] ‘This teaching is for the mindful, not the unmindful.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It’s for a mendicant who’s mindful. They have utmost mindfulness and alertness, and can remember and recall what was said and done long ago. ‘This teaching is for the mindful, not the unmindful.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo muṭṭhassatissā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. ‘Upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo, muṭṭhassatissā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶45] ‘This teaching is for those with immersion, not those without immersion.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It’s for a mendicant who, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption … second absorption … third absorption … fourth absorption. ‘This teaching is for those with immersion, not those without immersion.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Samāhitassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asamāhitassā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. ‘Samāhitassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo asamāhitassā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶46] ‘This teaching is for the wise, not the witless.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It’s for a mendicant who’s wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. ‘This teaching is for the wise, not the witless.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Paññavato ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo duppaññassā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. ‘Paññavato ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo duppaññassā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶47] ‘This teaching is for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? It’s for a mendicant whose mind leaps forth, gains confidence, settles down, and becomes decided regarding the cessation of proliferation. ‘This teaching is for those who don’t enjoy proliferating and don’t like to proliferate, not for those who enjoy proliferating and like to proliferate.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.” > Pali: ‘Nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno papañcanirodhe cittaṁ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. ‘Nippapañcārāmassāyaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nippapañcaratino, nāyaṁ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttan”ti. [¶48] Then Anuruddha stayed the next rainy season residence right there in the land of the Cetīs in the Park of the East-Raftered Hall. And Anuruddha, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyatikampi vassāvāsaṁ tattheva cetīsu pācīnavaṁsadāye vihāsi. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. [¶49] He understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is nothing further for this place.” And Venerable Anuruddha became one of the perfected. And on the occasion of attaining perfection he recited these verses: > Pali: “Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro ca panāyasmā anuruddho arahataṁ ahosīti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho arahattappatto tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imā gāthāyo abhāsi: [¶50] “Knowing my thoughts, the supreme Teacher in the world came to me in a mind-made body, using his psychic power. > Pali: “Mama saṅkappamaññāya, satthā loke anuttaro; Manomayena kāyena, iddhiyā upasaṅkami. [¶51] He taught me more than I had thought of. The Buddha who loves non-proliferation taught me non-proliferation. > Pali: Yathā me ahu saṅkappo, tato uttari desayi; Nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcaṁ adesayi. [¶52] Understanding that teaching, I happily did his bidding. I’ve attained the three knowledges, and have fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions.” > Pali: Tassāhaṁ dhammamaññāya, vihāsiṁ sāsane rato; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶53] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶54] > Pali: Gahapativaggo tatiyo. [¶55] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶56] > Pali: Dve uggā dve ca hatthakā, mahānāmena jīvako; Dve balā akkhaṇā vuttā, anuruddhena te dasāti. ## 8. Giving · AN 8.31–8.40 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/8/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/8/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.31 · Giving (1st) > Pali: AN 8.31 · Paṭhamadānasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, there are these eight gifts. What eight? Someone might give a gift after insulting the recipient. Or they give out of fear. Or they give thinking, ‘They gave to me.’ Or they give thinking, ‘They’ll give to me.’ Or they give thinking, ‘It’s good to give.’ Or they give thinking, ‘I cook, they don’t. It wouldn’t be right for me to not give to them.’ Or they give thinking, ‘By giving this gift I’ll get a good reputation.’ Or they give thinking, ‘This is an adornment and requisite for the mind.’ These are the eight gifts.” > Pali: “Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, dānāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Āsajja dānaṁ deti, bhayā dānaṁ deti, ‘adāsi me’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘dassati me’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘sāhu dānan’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti; nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ me dānaṁ dadato kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’ti dānaṁ deti, cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṁ dānaṁ deti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dānānī”ti. [¶2] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶3] AN 8.32 · Giving (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.32 · Dutiyadānasutta [¶4] “Faith, conscience, and skillful giving are qualities true persons follow. For this, they say, is the path of the gods, which leads to the heavenly realm.” > Pali: “Saddhā hiriyaṁ kusalañca dānaṁ, Dhammā ete sappurisānuyātā; Etañhi maggaṁ diviyaṁ vadanti, Etena hi gacchati devalokan”ti. [¶5] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶6] AN 8.33 · Reasons to Give > Pali: AN 8.33 · Dānavatthusutta [¶7] “Mendicants, there are these eight grounds for giving. What eight? Someone might give a gift out of favoritism or hostility or stupidity or cowardice. Or they give thinking, ‘Giving was practiced by my father and my father’s father. It would not be right for me to abandon this traditional family custom.’ Or they give thinking, ‘After I’ve given this gift, when my body breaks up, after death, I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ Or they give thinking, ‘When giving this gift my mind becomes clear, and I become happy and joyful.’ Or they give a gift thinking, ‘This is an adornment and requisite for the mind.’ These are the eight grounds for giving.” > Pali: “Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, dānavatthūni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Chandā dānaṁ deti, dosā dānaṁ deti, mohā dānaṁ deti, bhayā dānaṁ deti, ‘dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ pitupitāmahehi, nārahāmi porāṇaṁ kulavaṁsaṁ hāpetun’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘imāhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ me dānaṁ dadato cittaṁ pasīdati, attamanatā somanassaṁ upajāyatī’ti dānaṁ deti, cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṁ dānaṁ deti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dānavatthūnī”ti. [¶8] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶9] AN 8.34 · A Field > Pali: AN 8.34 · Khettasutta [¶10] “Mendicants, when a field has eight factors a seed sown in it is not very fruitful or rewarding or productive. What eight factors does it have? It’s when a field has mounds and ditches. It has stones and gravel. It’s salty. It doesn’t have deep furrows. And it’s not equipped with water inlets, water outlets, irrigation channels, and boundaries. When a field has these eight factors a seed sown in it is not fruitful or rewarding or productive. > Pali: “Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṁ vuttaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahassādaṁ na phātiseyyaṁ. Kathaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate? Idha, bhikkhave, khettaṁ unnāmaninnāmi ca hoti, pāsāṇasakkharikañca hoti, ūsarañca hoti, na ca gambhīrasitaṁ hoti, na āyasampannaṁ hoti, na apāyasampannaṁ hoti, na mātikāsampannaṁ hoti, na mariyādasampannaṁ hoti. Evaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṁ vuttaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahassādaṁ na phātiseyyaṁ. [¶11] In the same way, when an ascetic or brahmin has eight factors a gift given to them is not very fruitful or beneficial or brilliant or bountiful. What eight factors do they have? It’s when an ascetic or brahmin has wrong view, wrong purpose, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, and wrong immersion. When an ascetic or brahmin has these eight factors a gift given to them is not very fruitful or beneficial or brilliant or bountiful. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṁ dinnaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ na mahājutikaṁ na mahāvipphāraṁ. Kathaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu? Idha, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā micchādiṭṭhikā honti, micchāsaṅkappā, micchāvācā, micchākammantā, micchāājīvā, micchāvāyāmā, micchāsatino, micchāsamādhino. Evaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṁ dinnaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ na mahājutikaṁ na mahāvipphāraṁ. [¶12] When a field has eight factors a seed sown in it is very fruitful and rewarding and productive. What eight factors does it have? It’s when a field doesn’t have mounds and ditches. It doesn’t have stones and gravel. It’s not salty. It has deep furrows. And it’s equipped with water inlets, water outlets, irrigation channels, and boundaries. When a field has these eight factors a seed sown in it is very fruitful and rewarding and productive. > Pali: Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṁ vuttaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahassādaṁ phātiseyyaṁ. Kathaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate? Idha, bhikkhave, khettaṁ anunnāmāninnāmi ca hoti, apāsāṇasakkharikañca hoti, anūsarañca hoti, gambhīrasitaṁ hoti, āyasampannaṁ hoti, apāyasampannaṁ hoti, mātikāsampannaṁ hoti, mariyādasampannaṁ hoti. Evaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṁ vuttaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahassādaṁ phātiseyyaṁ. [¶13] In the same way, when an ascetic or brahmin has eight factors a gift given to them is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. What eight factors do they have? It’s when an ascetic or brahmin has right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion. When an ascetic or brahmin has these eight factors a gift given to them is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsaṁ mahājutikaṁ mahāvipphāraṁ. Kathaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu? Idha, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammādiṭṭhikā honti, sammāsaṅkappā, sammāvācā, sammākammantā, sammāājīvā, sammāvāyāmā, sammāsatino, sammāsamādhino. Evaṁ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsaṁ mahājutikaṁ mahāvipphāranti. [¶14] When the field is excellent, and the seed sown in it is excellent, and the rainfall is excellent, the crop of grain will be excellent. > Pali: Yathāpi khette sampanne, pavuttā bījasampadā; Deve sampādayantamhi, hoti dhaññassa sampadā. [¶15] The absence of crop loss is excellent, its growth is excellent, its maturation is excellent, and its fruit is excellent. > Pali: Anītisampadā hoti, virūḷhī bhavati sampadā; Vepullasampadā hoti, phalaṁ ve hoti sampadā. [¶16] So too, when you give excellent food to those of excellent ethics, it leads to many excellences, for what you did was excellent. > Pali: Evaṁ sampannasīlesu, dinnā bhojanasampadā; Sampadānaṁ upaneti, sampannaṁ hissa taṁ kataṁ. [¶17] So if a person wants excellence, let them excel in this. You should frequent those with excellent wisdom, so that your own excellence will flourish. > Pali: Tasmā sampadamākaṅkhī, sampannatthūdha puggalo; Sampannapaññe sevetha, evaṁ ijjhanti sampadā. [¶18] Excelling in knowledge and conduct, and having excellence of mind, you perform excellent deeds, and gain excellent benefits. > Pali: Vijjācaraṇasampanne, laddhā cittassa sampadaṁ; Karoti kammasampadaṁ, labhati catthasampadaṁ. [¶19] Truly knowing the world, and having attained excellence of view, one who excels in mind proceeds, relying on excellence in the path. > Pali: Lokaṁ ñatvā yathābhūtaṁ, pappuyya diṭṭhisampadaṁ; Maggasampadamāgamma, yāti sampannamānaso. [¶20] Shaking off all stains, and attaining the excellence of extinguishment, you’re freed from all sufferings: this is complete excellence.” > Pali: Odhunitvā malaṁ sabbaṁ, patvā nibbānasampadaṁ; Muccati sabbadukkhehi, sā hoti sabbasampadā”ti. [¶21] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶22] AN 8.35 · Rebirth by Giving > Pali: AN 8.35 · Dānūpapattisutta [¶23] “Mendicants, there are these eight rebirths by giving. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, dānūpapattiyo. Katamā aṭṭha? [¶24] First, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. Whatever they give they expect back. They see a well-to-do aristocrat or brahmin or householder amusing themselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation. It occurs to them: ‘If only, when my body breaks up, after death, I would be reborn in the company of well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders!’ They settle on that thought, stabilize it, and develop it. As they’ve settled for less and not developed further, their thought leads to rebirth there. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders. But I say that this is only for those of ethical conduct, not for the unethical. The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their purity. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. So passati khattiyamahāsāle vā brāhmaṇamahāsāle vā gahapatimahāsāle vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappite samaṅgībhūte paricārayamāne. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā sahabyataṁ upapajjeyyan’ti. So taṁ cittaṁ dahati, taṁ cittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, taṁ cittaṁ bhāveti. Tassa taṁ cittaṁ hīne vimuttaṁ, uttari abhāvitaṁ, tatrūpapattiyā saṁvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā. [¶25] Next, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins … Whatever they give they expect back. And they’ve heard: ‘The gods of the four great kings are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ It occurs to them: ‘If only, when my body breaks up, after death, I would be reborn in the company of the gods of the four great kings!’ … When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the four great kings. But I say that this is only for those of ethical conduct, not for the unethical. The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their purity. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṁ hoti: ‘cātumahārājikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyyan’ti. So taṁ cittaṁ dahati, taṁ cittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, taṁ cittaṁ bhāveti. Tassa taṁ cittaṁ hīne vimuttaṁ, uttari abhāvitaṁ, tatrūpapattiyā saṁvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā. [¶26] Next, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins … Whatever they give they expect back. And they’ve heard: ‘The gods of the thirty-three …’ > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṁ hoti— tāvatiṁsā devā …pe… [¶27] ‘The gods of Yama …’ > Pali: yāmā devā … [¶28] ‘The joyful gods …’ > Pali: tusitā devā … [¶29] ‘The gods who love to create …’ > Pali: nimmānaratī devā … [¶30] ‘The gods who control what is created by others are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ It occurs to them: ‘If only, when my body breaks up, after death, I would be reborn in the company of the gods who control what is created by others!’ They settle on that thought, stabilize it, and develop it. As they’ve settled for less and not developed further, their thought leads to rebirth there. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods who control what is created by others. But I say that this is only for those of ethical conduct, not for the unethical. The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their purity. > Pali: paranimmitavasavattī devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulāti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyyan’ti. So taṁ cittaṁ dahati, taṁ cittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, taṁ cittaṁ bhāveti. Tassa taṁ cittaṁ hīne vimuttaṁ, uttari abhāvitaṁ, tatrūpapattiyā saṁvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā. [¶31] Next, someone gives to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. Whatever they give they expect back. And they’ve heard: ‘The gods of the Divinity’s host are long-lived, beautiful, and very happy.’ It occurs to them: ‘If only, when my body breaks up, after death, I would be reborn in the company of the gods of the Divinity’s host!’ They settle on that thought, stabilize it, and develop it. As they’ve settled for less and not developed further, their thought leads to rebirth there. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the Divinity’s host. But I say that this is only for those of ethical conduct, not for the unethical. And for those free of desire, not those with desire. The heart’s wish of an ethical person succeeds because of their freedom from desire. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. So yaṁ deti taṁ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṁ hoti: ‘brahmakāyikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyyan’ti. So taṁ cittaṁ dahati, taṁ cittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, taṁ cittaṁ bhāveti. Tassa taṁ cittaṁ hīne vimuttaṁ, uttari abhāvitaṁ, tatrūpapattiyā saṁvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa; vītarāgassa, no sarāgassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi vītarāgattā. [¶32] These are the eight rebirths by giving.” > Pali: Imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dānūpapattiyo”ti. [¶33] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶34] AN 8.36 · Grounds for Making Merit > Pali: AN 8.36 · Puññakiriyavatthusutta [¶35] “Mendicants, there are these three grounds for making merit. What three? Giving, ethical conduct, and meditation are all grounds for making merit. > Pali: “Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, puññakiriyavatthūni. Katamāni tīṇi? Dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu. [¶36] First, someone has practiced a little giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn among disadvantaged humans. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manussadobhagyaṁ upapajjati. [¶37] Next, someone has practiced a moderate amount of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn among well-off humans. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manussasobhagyaṁ upapajjati. [¶38] Next, someone has practiced to an extraordinary degree giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the four great kings. There, the four great kings themselves have practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So they surpass them in ten respects: heavenly lifespan, beauty, happiness, glory, sovereignty, sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, cātumahārājike deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti— dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena, dibbehi rūpehi, dibbehi saddehi, dibbehi gandhehi, dibbehi rasehi, dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. [¶39] Next, someone has practiced to an extraordinary degree giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of the thirty-three. There, Sakka, lord of gods, has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā tāvatiṁse deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— dibbena āyunā …pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. [¶40] Next, someone has practiced to an extraordinary degree giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods of Yama. There, the godling Suyāma has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā yāmānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, suyāmo devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, yāme deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— dibbena āyunā …pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. [¶41] Next, someone has practiced to an extraordinary degree giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the joyful gods. There, the godling Santusita has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tusitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, santusito devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, tusite deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— dibbena āyunā …pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. [¶42] Next, someone has practiced to an extraordinary degree giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods who love to create. There, the godling Sunimmita has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā nimmānaratīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, sunimmito devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, nimmānaratīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— dibbena āyunā …pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. [¶43] Next, someone has practiced to an extraordinary degree giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the company of the gods who control what is created by others. There, the godling Vasavattī has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects: heavenly lifespan, beauty, happiness, glory, sovereignty, sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touches. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, vasavattī devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, paranimmitavasavattīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena, dibbehi rūpehi, dibbehi saddehi, dibbehi gandhehi, dibbehi rasehi, dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. [¶44] These are the three grounds for making merit.” > Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūnī”ti. [¶45] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶46] AN 8.37 · Gifts of a True Person > Pali: AN 8.37 · Sappurisadānasutta [¶47] “Mendicants, there are these eight gifts of a true person. What eight? Their gift is pure, good quality, timely, appropriate, intelligent, and regular. While giving their heart is confident, and afterwards they’re uplifted. These are the eight gifts of a true person. > Pali: “Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, sappurisadānāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Suciṁ deti, paṇītaṁ deti, kālena deti, kappiyaṁ deti, viceyya deti, abhiṇhaṁ deti, dadaṁ cittaṁ pasādeti, datvā attamano hoti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha sappurisadānānīti. [¶48] He gives pure, good quality, and timely gifts of appropriate food and drinks regularly to spiritual practitioners who are fertile fields of merit. > Pali: Suciṁ paṇītaṁ kālena, kappiyaṁ pānabhojanaṁ; Abhiṇhaṁ dadāti dānaṁ, sukhettesu brahmacārisu. [¶49] They never regret giving away many things of the flesh. Discerning people praise giving such gifts. > Pali: Neva vippaṭisārissa, cajitvā āmisaṁ bahuṁ; Evaṁ dinnāni dānāni, vaṇṇayanti vipassino. [¶50] An intelligent person sacrifices like this, faithful, with a mind of letting go. Such an astute person is reborn in a happy, pleasing world.” > Pali: Evaṁ yajitvā medhāvī, saddho muttena cetasā; Abyābajjhaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ, paṇḍito upapajjatī”ti. [¶51] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶52] AN 8.38 · A True Person > Pali: AN 8.38 · Sappurisasutta [¶53] “Mendicants, a true person is born in a family for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people. For the benefit, welfare, and happiness of mother and father; children and partners; bondservants, workers, and staff; friends and colleagues; departed ancestors; the king; the deities; and ascetics and brahmins. > Pali: “Sappuriso, bhikkhave, kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti— mātāpitūnaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, mittāmaccānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, pubbapetānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, rañño atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, devatānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti. [¶54] It’s like a great rain cloud, which nourishes all the crops for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people. In the same way, a true person is born in a family for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of the people. … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sappuriso kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti— mātāpitūnaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, mittāmaccānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, pubbapetānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, rañño atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, devatānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hotīti. [¶55] A wise person living at home benefits many people. Neither by day or at night do they neglect their mother, father, and ancestors. They venerate them in accord with the teaching, remembering what they have done. > Pali: Bahūnaṁ vata atthāya, sappañño gharamāvasaṁ; Mātaraṁ pitaraṁ pubbe, rattindivamatandito. Pūjeti sahadhammena, pubbekatamanussaraṁ; [¶56] One of settled faith and good nature venerates the homeless renunciates, the mendicant spiritual practitioners, knowing their good-hearted qualities. > Pali: Anāgāre pabbajite, apace brahmacārayo. Niviṭṭhasaddho pūjeti, ñatvā dhamme ca pesalo; [¶57] Good for the king, good for the gods, and good for relatives and comrades. > Pali: Rañño hito devahito, ñātīnaṁ sakhinaṁ hito. [¶58] In fact, they’re good for everyone, well grounded in the true teaching. Rid of the stain of stinginess, they’ll enjoy a world of grace.” > Pali: Sabbesaṁ so hito hoti, saddhamme suppatiṭṭhito; Vineyya maccheramalaṁ, sa lokaṁ bhajate sivan”ti. [¶59] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶60] AN 8.39 · Overflowing Merit > Pali: AN 8.39 · Abhisandasutta [¶61] “Mendicants, there are these eight kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṁvattanikā, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? [¶62] Firstly, a noble disciple has gone for refuge to the Buddha. This is the first kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. [¶63] Furthermore, a noble disciple has gone for refuge to the teaching. This is the second kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puññābhisando …pe… saṁvattati. [¶64] Furthermore, a noble disciple has gone for refuge to the Saṅgha. This is the third kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gato hoti. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. [¶65] Mendicants, these five gifts are great, primordial, long-standing, customary, and traditional. They are uncorrupted, as they have been since the beginning. They’re not being corrupted now nor will they be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on them. What five? > Pali: Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, dānāni mahādānāni aggaññāni rattaññāni vaṁsaññāni porāṇāni asaṅkiṇṇāni asaṅkiṇṇapubbāni, na saṅkiyanti na saṅkiyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhāni samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Katamāni pañca? [¶66] Firstly, a noble disciple gives up killing living creatures. By so doing they give to countless sentient beings the gift of freedom from fear, enmity, and ill will. And they themselves also enjoy unlimited freedom from fear, enmity, and ill will. This is the first gift that is a great offering, primordial, long-standing, customary, and traditional. It is uncorrupted, as it has been since the beginning. It’s not being corrupted now nor will it be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on it. This is the fourth kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti. Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṁ sattānaṁ abhayaṁ deti, averaṁ deti, abyābajjhaṁ deti. Aparimāṇānaṁ sattānaṁ abhayaṁ datvā averaṁ datvā abyābajjhaṁ datvā aparimāṇassa abhayassa averassa abyābajjhassa bhāgī hoti. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ dānaṁ mahādānaṁ aggaññaṁ rattaññaṁ vaṁsaññaṁ porāṇaṁ asaṅkiṇṇaṁ asaṅkiṇṇapubbaṁ, na saṅkiyati na saṅkiyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṁ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. [¶67] Furthermore, a noble disciple gives up stealing. … This is the fifth kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti …pe… [¶68] Furthermore, a noble disciple gives up sexual misconduct. … This is the sixth kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: kāmesumicchācāraṁ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti …pe… [¶69] Furthermore, a noble disciple gives up lying. … This is the seventh kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti …pe… [¶70] Furthermore, a noble disciple gives up intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. By so doing they give to countless sentient beings the gift of freedom from fear, enmity, and ill will. And they themselves also enjoy unlimited freedom from fear, enmity, and ill will. This is the fifth gift that is a great offering, primordial, long-standing, customary, and traditional. It is uncorrupted, as it has been since the beginning. It’s not being corrupted now nor will it be. Sensible ascetics and brahmins don’t look down on it. This is the eighth kind of overflowing merit … > Pali: surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṁ sattānaṁ abhayaṁ deti averaṁ deti abyābajjhaṁ deti. Aparimāṇānaṁ sattānaṁ abhayaṁ datvā averaṁ datvā abyābajjhaṁ datvā, aparimāṇassa abhayassa averassa abyābajjhassa bhāgī hoti. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṁ dānaṁ mahādānaṁ aggaññaṁ rattaññaṁ vaṁsaññaṁ porāṇaṁ asaṅkiṇṇaṁ asaṅkiṇṇapubbaṁ, na saṅkiyati na saṅkiyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṁ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṁvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattati. [¶71] These are the eight kinds of overflowing merit, overflowing goodness. They nurture happiness and are conducive to heaven, ripening in happiness and leading to heaven. They lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, to welfare and happiness.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṁvattanikā, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattantī”ti. [¶72] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶73] AN 8.40 · The Results of Misconduct > Pali: AN 8.40 · Duccaritavipākasutta [¶74] “Mendicants, the killing of living creatures, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is a short lifespan. > Pali: “Pāṇātipāto, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṁvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṁvattaniko pettivisayasaṁvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso pāṇātipātassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa appāyukasaṁvattaniko hoti. [¶75] Stealing, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is loss of wealth. > Pali: Adinnādānaṁ, bhikkhave, āsevitaṁ bhāvitaṁ bahulīkataṁ nirayasaṁvattanikaṁ tiracchānayonisaṁvattanikaṁ pettivisayasaṁvattanikaṁ. Yo sabbalahuso adinnādānassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa bhogabyasanasaṁvattaniko hoti. [¶76] Sexual misconduct, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is rivalry and enmity. > Pali: Kāmesumicchācāro, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṁvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṁvattaniko pettivisayasaṁvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso kāmesumicchācārassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa sapattaverasaṁvattaniko hoti. [¶77] Lying, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is false accusations. > Pali: Musāvādo, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṁvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṁvattaniko pettivisayasaṁvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso musāvādassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa abhūtabbhakkhānasaṁvattaniko hoti. [¶78] Backbiting, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is being divided against friends. > Pali: Pisuṇā, bhikkhave, vācā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nirayasaṁvattanikā tiracchānayonisaṁvattanikā pettivisayasaṁvattanikā. Yo sabbalahuso pisuṇāya vācāya vipāko, manussabhūtassa mittehi bhedanasaṁvattaniko hoti. [¶79] Harsh speech, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is hearing disagreeable things. > Pali: Pharusā, bhikkhave, vācā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nirayasaṁvattanikā tiracchānayonisaṁvattanikā pettivisayasaṁvattanikā. Yo sabbalahuso pharusāya vācāya vipāko, manussabhūtassa amanāpasaddasaṁvattaniko hoti. [¶80] Talking nonsense, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is that no one takes what you say seriously. > Pali: Samphappalāpo, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṁvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṁvattaniko pettivisayasaṁvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso samphappalāpassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa anādeyyavācāsaṁvattaniko hoti. [¶81] Drinking beer and wine, when cultivated, developed, and practiced, leads to hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. The minimum result it leads to for a human being is madness.” > Pali: Surāmerayapānaṁ, bhikkhave, āsevitaṁ bhāvitaṁ bahulīkataṁ nirayasaṁvattanikaṁ tiracchānayonisaṁvattanikaṁ pettivisayasaṁvattanikaṁ. Yo sabbalahuso surāmerayapānassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa ummattakasaṁvattaniko hotī”ti. [¶82] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶83] > Pali: Dānavaggo catuttho. [¶84] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶85] > Pali: Dve dānāni vatthuñca, khettaṁ dānūpapattiyo; Kiriyaṁ dve sappurisā, abhisando vipāko cāti. ## 9. Sabbath · AN 8.41–8.45 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/9/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/9/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.41 · The Sabbath With Eight Factors, In Brief > Pali: AN 8.41 · Saṅkhittūposathasutta [¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, “Mendicants!” > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti. [¶2] “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶3] “Mendicants, the observance of the sabbath with its eight factors is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. And how should it be observed? It’s when a noble disciple reflects: ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They are scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I, too, for this day and night will give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. I’ll be scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its first factor. > Pali: “Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, bhikkhave, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṁ upavuttho ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yāvajīvaṁ arahanto pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶4] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up stealing. They take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. They keep themselves clean by not thieving. I, too, for this day and night will give up stealing. I’ll take only what’s given, and expect only what’s given. I’ll keep myself clean by not thieving. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its second factor. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭiviratā dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharanti. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ adinnādānaṁ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā dutiyena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶5] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up unchastity. They are chaste, set apart, refraining from the vulgar act of sex. I, too, for this day and night will give up unchastity. I will be chaste, set apart, refraining from the vulgar act of sex. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its third factor. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto abrahmacariyaṁ pahāya brahmacārino ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ abrahmacariyaṁ pahāya brahmacārī ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā tatiyena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶6] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and dependable, and don’t trick the world with their words. I, too, for this day and night will give up lying. I’ll speak the truth and stick to the truth. I’ll be honest and dependable, and won’t trick the world with my words. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its fourth factor. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratā saccavādino saccasandhā thetā paccayikā avisaṁvādako lokassa. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā catutthena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶7] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. I, too, for this day and night will give up intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its fifth factor. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṁ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā pañcamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶8] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones eat in one part of the day, abstaining from eating at night and from food at the wrong time. I, too, for this day and night will eat in one part of the day, abstaining from eating at night and food at the wrong time. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its sixth factor. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ ekabhattiko rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā chaṭṭhena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶9] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up seeing shows of dancing, singing, and music; and attiring and adorning themselves with garlands, fragrance, and makeup. I, too, for this day and night will give up seeing shows of dancing, singing, and music; and attiring and adorning myself with garlands, fragrance, and makeup. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its seventh factor. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānaṁ pahāya naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānaṁ pahāya naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā sattamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶10] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up high and luxurious beds. They sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I, too, for this day and night will give up high and luxurious beds. I’ll sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its eighth factor. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṁ kappenti—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṁ kappemi—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. [¶11] The observance of the sabbath with its eight factors in this way is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful.” > Pali: Evaṁ upavuttho kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro”ti. [¶12] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶13] AN 8.42 · The Sabbath With Eight Factors, In Detail > Pali: AN 8.42 · Vitthatūposathasutta [¶14] “Mendicants, the observance of the sabbath with its eight factors is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. And how should it be observed? > Pali: “Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, bhikkhave, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṁ upavuttho ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? [¶15] It’s when a noble disciple reflects: ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They are scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I, too, for this day and night will give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. I’ll be scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its first factor. … > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yāvajīvaṁ arahanto pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti …pe…. [¶16] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up high and luxurious beds. They sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I, too, for this day and night will give up high and luxurious beds. I’ll sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its eighth factor. The observance of the sabbath with its eight factors in this way is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṁ kappenti—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṁ kappemi—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. Evaṁ upavuttho kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. [¶17] How much so? Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Persia—full of the seven treasures. This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. Why is that? Because human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods. > Pali: Kīvamahapphalo hoti kīvamahānisaṁso kīvamahājutiko kīvamahāvipphāro? Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Kapaṇaṁ, bhikkhave, mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya. [¶18] Fifty years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of the four great kings. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods of the four great kings is five hundred of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of the four great kings. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni, cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni pañca vassasatāni cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶19] A hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of the thirty-three. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods of the thirty-three is a thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of the thirty-three. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni vassasatāni, tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbaṁ vassasahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶20] Two hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of Yama. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods of Yama is two thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of Yama. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni dve vassasatāni, yāmānaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni dve vassasahassāni yāmānaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā yāmānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶21] Four hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the joyful gods. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the joyful gods is four thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the joyful gods. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni cattāri vassasatāni, tusitānaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni cattāri vassasahassāni tusitānaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tusitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶22] Eight hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods who love to create. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods who love to create is eight thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods who love to create. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni aṭṭha vassasatāni, nimmānaratīnaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni aṭṭha vassasahassāni nimmānaratīnaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā nimmānaratīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶23] Sixteen hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods who control what is created by others. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods who control what is created by others is sixteen thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods who control what is created by others. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni soḷasa vassasatāni, paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni soḷasa vassasahassāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāyā’ti. [¶24] You shouldn’t kill living creatures, or steal, or lie, or drink liquor. Be chaste, refraining from sex, and don’t eat at night, the wrong time. > Pali: Pāṇaṁ na haññe na cadinnamādiye, Musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā; Abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā, Rattiṁ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṁ. [¶25] Not wearing garlands or applying fragrance, you should sleep on a low bed, or a mat on the ground. This is the eight-factored sabbath, they say, revealed by the Buddha, who has gone to suffering’s end. > Pali: Mālaṁ na dhāre na ca gandhamācare, Mañce chamāyaṁ va sayetha santhate; Etañhi aṭṭhaṅgikamāhuposathaṁ, Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṁ. [¶26] The moon and sun are both fair to see, radiating as far as they revolve. Those dispellers of darkness, travelers in midair, shine in the firmament, dazzling the quarters. > Pali: Cando ca suriyo ca ubho sudassanā, Obhāsayaṁ anupariyanti yāvatā; Tamonudā te pana antalikkhagā, Nabhe pabhāsanti disāvirocanā. [¶27] All of the wealth that’s found in this realm— pearls, gems, fine beryl too, mountain gold or lustrous gold, or the native gold called ‘coruscant’— > Pali: Etasmiṁ yaṁ vijjati antare dhanaṁ, Muttā maṇi veḷuriyañca bhaddakaṁ; Siṅgīsuvaṇṇaṁ atha vāpi kañcanaṁ, Yaṁ jātarūpaṁ haṭakanti vuccati. [¶28] they’re not worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors, as starlight cannot rival the moon. > Pali: Aṭṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa, Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṁ; Candappabhā tāragaṇā ca sabbe. [¶29] So an ethical woman or man, who has observed the eight-factored sabbath, having made merit whose outcome is happiness, blameless, they go to a heavenly place.” > Pali: Tasmā hi nārī ca naro ca sīlavā, Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṁ upavassuposathaṁ; Puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni, Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhānan”ti. [¶30] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶31] AN 8.43 · With Visākhā on the Sabbath > Pali: AN 8.43 · Visākhāsutta [¶32] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶33] “Visākhā, the observance of the sabbath with its eight factors is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. And how should it be observed? It’s when a noble disciple reflects: ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They are scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I, too, for this day and night will give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. I’ll be scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its first factor. … > Pali: “aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato kho, visākhe, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṁ upavuttho ca, visākhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yāvajīvaṁ arahanto pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti …pe…. [¶34] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up high and luxurious beds. They sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I, too, for this day and night will give up high and luxurious beds. I’ll sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its eighth factor. The observance of the sabbath with its eight factors in this way is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṁ kappenti—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṁ kappemi—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. Evaṁ upavuttho kho, visākhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. [¶35] How much so? Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Persia—full of the seven treasures. This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. Why is that? Because human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods. > Pali: Kīvamahapphalo hoti, kīvamahānisaṁso, kīvamahājutiko, kīvamahāvipphāro? Seyyathāpi, visākhe, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Kapaṇaṁ, visākhe, mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya. [¶36] Fifty years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of the four great kings. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods of the four great kings is five hundred of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of the four great kings. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni, cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni pañca vassasatāni cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, visākhe, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶37] A hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of the thirty-three. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The life span of the gods of the thirty-three is a thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of the thirty-three. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yaṁ, visākhe, mānusakaṁ vassasataṁ, tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena vassasahassaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, visākhe, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶38] Two hundred years in the human realm … > Pali: Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni dve vassasatāni …pe… [¶39] Four hundred years in the human realm … > Pali: cattāri vassasatāni …pe… [¶40] Eight hundred years in the human realm … > Pali: aṭṭha vassasatāni …pe… [¶41] Sixteen hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods who control what is created by others. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods who control what is created by others is sixteen thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods who control what is created by others. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: soḷasa vassasatāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni soḷasa vassasahassāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, visākhe, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāyā’ti. [¶42] You shouldn’t kill living creatures, or steal, or lie, or drink liquor. Be chaste, refraining from sex, and don’t eat at night, the wrong time. > Pali: Pāṇaṁ na haññe na cadinnamādiye, Musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā; Abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā, Rattiṁ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṁ. [¶43] Not wearing garlands or applying fragrance, you should sleep on a low bed, or a mat on the ground. This is the eight-factored sabbath, they say, revealed by the Buddha, who has gone to suffering’s end. > Pali: Mālaṁ na dhāre na ca gandhamācare, Mañce chamāyaṁ va sayetha santhate; Etañhi aṭṭhaṅgikamāhuposathaṁ, Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṁ. [¶44] The moon and sun are both fair to see, radiating as far as they revolve. Those dispellers of darkness, travelers in midair, shine in the firmament, dazzling the quarters. > Pali: Cando ca suriyo ca ubho sudassanā, Obhāsayaṁ anupariyanti yāvatā; Tamonudā te pana antalikkhagā, Nabhe pabhāsanti disāvirocanā. [¶45] All of the wealth that’s found in this realm— pearls, gems, fine beryl too, mountain gold or lustrous gold, or the native gold called ‘coruscant’— > Pali: Etasmiṁ yaṁ vijjati antare dhanaṁ, Muttā maṇi veḷuriyañca bhaddakaṁ; Siṅgīsuvaṇṇaṁ atha vāpi kañcanaṁ, Yaṁ jātarūpaṁ haṭakanti vuccati. [¶46] they’re not worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors, as starlight cannot rival the moon. > Pali: Aṭṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa, Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṁ; Candappabhā tāragaṇā ca sabbe. [¶47] So an ethical woman or man, who has observed the eight-factored sabbath, having made merit whose outcome is happiness, blameless, they go to a heavenly place.” > Pali: Tasmā hi nārī ca naro ca sīlavā, Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṁ upavassuposathaṁ; Puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni, Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhānan”ti. [¶48] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶49] AN 8.44 · With Vāseṭṭha on the Sabbath > Pali: AN 8.44 · Vāseṭṭhasutta [¶50] At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Then the layman Vāseṭṭha went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. Atha kho vāseṭṭho upāsako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho vāseṭṭhaṁ upāsakaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶51] “Vāseṭṭha, the observance of the sabbath with its eight factors is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful … blameless, they go to a heavenly place.” > Pali: “aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, vāseṭṭha, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti …pe… aninditā saggamupenti ṭhānan”ti. [¶52] When he said this, Vāseṭṭha said to the Buddha: > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, vāseṭṭho upāsako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶53] “If my loved ones—relatives and kin—were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness. If all the aristocrats, brahmins, peasants, and menials were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.” > Pali: “piyā me, bhante, ñātisālohitā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, piyānampi me assa ñātisālohitānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, bhante, khattiyā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, sabbesampissa khattiyānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, bhante, brāhmaṇā …pe… vessā … suddā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, sabbesampissa suddānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. [¶54] “That’s so true, Vāseṭṭha! That’s so true, Vāseṭṭha! If all the aristocrats, brahmins, peasants, and menials were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness. If the whole world—with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness. If these great sal trees were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness—if they were sentient. How much more then a human being!” > Pali: “Evametaṁ, vāseṭṭha, evametaṁ, vāseṭṭha. Sabbe cepi, vāseṭṭha, khattiyā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, sabbesampissa khattiyānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇā …pe… vessā … suddā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, sabbesampissa suddānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya. Sadevako cepi, vāseṭṭha, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, sadevakassapissa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya. Ime cepi, vāseṭṭha, mahāsālā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, imesampissa mahāsālānaṁ dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya (…). Ko pana vādo manussabhūtassā”ti. [¶55] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶56] AN 8.45 · With Bojjhā on the Sabbath > Pali: AN 8.45 · Bojjhasutta [¶57] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Then the laywoman Bojjhā went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho bojjhā upāsikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho bojjhaṁ upāsikaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶58] “Bojjhā, the observance of the sabbath with its eight factors is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. And how should it be observed? > Pali: “Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, bojjhe, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṁ upavuttho ca, bojjhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? [¶59] It’s when a noble disciple reflects: ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They are scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I, too, for this day and night will give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. I’ll be scrupulous and kind, and live full of sympathy for all living beings. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its first factor. … > Pali: Idha, bojjhe, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘yāvajīvaṁ arahanto pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ pāṇātipātaṁ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti …pe…. [¶60] ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up high and luxurious beds. They sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I, too, for this day and night will give up high and luxurious beds. I’ll sleep in a low place, either a cot or a grass mat. I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’ This is its eighth factor. The observance of the sabbath with its eight factors in this way is very fruitful and beneficial and brilliant and bountiful. > Pali: ‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṁ kappenti—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṁ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṁ kappemi—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṁ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. Evaṁ upavuttho kho, bojjhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. [¶61] How much so? Suppose you were to rule as sovereign lord over these sixteen great countries—Aṅga, Magadha, Kāsi, Kosala, Vajji, Malla, Cetī, Vaccha, Kuru, Pañcāla, Maccha, Sūrasena, Assaka, Avanti, Gandhāra, and Persia—full of the seven treasures. This wouldn’t be worth a sixteenth part of the sabbath with its eight factors. Why is that? Because human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods. > Pali: Kīvamahapphalo hoti, kīvamahānisaṁso, kīvamahājutiko, kīvamahāvipphāro? Seyyathāpi, bojjhe, yo imesaṁ soḷasannaṁ mahājanapadānaṁ pahūtarattaratanānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāreyya, seyyathidaṁ— aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ kāsīnaṁ kosalānaṁ vajjīnaṁ mallānaṁ cetīnaṁ vaṅgānaṁ kurūnaṁ pañcālānaṁ macchānaṁ sūrasenānaṁ assakānaṁ avantīnaṁ gandhārānaṁ kambojānaṁ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṁ kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Kapaṇaṁ, bojjhe, mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya. [¶62] Fifty years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods of the four great kings. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The lifespan of the gods of the four great kings is five hundred of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods of the four great kings. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: Yāni, bojjhe, mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni, cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni pañca vassasatāni cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bojjhe, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bojjhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāya’. [¶63] A hundred years in the human realm … > Pali: Yaṁ, bojjhe, mānusakaṁ vassasataṁ …pe… [¶64] Two hundred years in the human realm … > Pali: tāni, bojjhe, mānusakāni dve vassasatāni …pe… [¶65] Four hundred years in the human realm … > Pali: cattāri vassasatāni …pe… [¶66] Eight hundred years in the human realm … > Pali: aṭṭha vassasatāni …pe… [¶67] Sixteen hundred years in the human realm is one day and night for the gods who control what is created by others. Thirty such days make up a month. Twelve such months make up a year. The life span of the gods who control what is created by others is sixteen thousand of these heavenly years. It’s possible that some woman or man who has observed the eight-factored sabbath will—when their body breaks up, after death—be reborn in the company of the gods who control what is created by others. This is what I was referring to when I said: ‘Human kingship is a poor thing compared to the happiness of the gods.’ > Pali: soḷasa vassasatāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṁsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṁvaccharo. Tena saṁvaccharena dibbāni soḷasa vassasahassāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ āyuppamāṇaṁ. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, bojjhe, vijjati yaṁ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjeyya. Idaṁ kho panetaṁ, bojjhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṁ: ‘kapaṇaṁ mānusakaṁ rajjaṁ dibbaṁ sukhaṁ upanidhāyā’ti. [¶68] You shouldn’t kill living creatures, or steal, or lie, or drink liquor. Be chaste, refraining from sex, and don’t eat at night, the wrong time. > Pali: Pāṇaṁ na haññe na cadinnamādiye, Musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā; Abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā, Rattiṁ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṁ. [¶69] Not wearing garlands or applying fragrance, you should sleep on a low bed, or a mat on the ground. This is the eight-factored sabbath, they say, revealed by the Buddha, who has gone to suffering’s end. > Pali: Mālaṁ na dhāre na ca gandhamācare, Mañce chamāyaṁ va sayetha santhate; Etañhi aṭṭhaṅgikamāhuposathaṁ, Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṁ. [¶70] The moon and sun are both fair to see, radiating as far as they revolve. Those dispellers of darkness, travelers in midair, shine in the firmament, dazzling the quarters. > Pali: Cando ca suriyo ca ubho sudassanā, Obhāsayaṁ anupariyanti yāvatā; Tamonudā te pana antalikkhagā, Nabhe pabhāsanti disāvirocanā. [¶71] All of the wealth that’s found in this realm— pearls, gems, fine beryl too, mountain gold or lustrous gold, or the native gold called ‘coruscant’— > Pali: Etasmiṁ yaṁ vijjati antare dhanaṁ, Muttā maṇi veḷuriyañca bhaddakaṁ; Siṅgīsuvaṇṇaṁ atha vāpi kañcanaṁ, Yaṁ jātarūpaṁ haṭakanti vuccati. [¶72] they’re not worth a sixteenth part of the mind developed with love, as starlight cannot rival the moon. > Pali: Aṭṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa, Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṁ; Candappabhā tāragaṇā ca sabbe. [¶73] So an ethical woman or man, who has observed the eight-factored sabbath, having made merit whose outcome is happiness, blameless, they go to a heavenly place.” > Pali: Tasmā hi nārī ca naro ca sīlavā, Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṁ upavassuposathaṁ; Puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni, Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhānan”ti. [¶74] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. ## 10. Sabbath · AN 8.46–8.50 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/10/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/10/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.46 · Anuruddha and the Agreeable Deities > Pali: AN 8.46 · Anuruddhasutta [¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī in Ghosita’s monastery. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. [¶2] Now at that time Venerable Anuruddha had gone into retreat for the day’s meditation. Then several deities of the Agreeable Host went up to Venerable Anuruddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho divāvihāraṁ gato hoti paṭisallīno. Atha kho sambahulā manāpakāyikā devatā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tā devatā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ: [¶3] “Honorable Anuruddha, we are the deities called ‘Agreeable’. We wield authority and control over three things. We can turn any color we want on the spot. We can get any voice that we want on the spot. We can get any pleasure that we want on the spot. We are the deities called ‘Agreeable’. We wield authority and control over these three things.” > Pali: “mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattema. Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, yādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṁ saraṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ saraṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṁ sukhaṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ sukhaṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma. Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattemā”ti. [¶4] Then Venerable Anuruddha thought, “If only these deities would all turn blue, of blue color, clad in blue, adorned with blue!” Then those deities, knowing Anuruddha’s thought, all turned blue. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa etadahosi: “aho vatimā devatā sabbāva nīlā assu nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā”ti. Atha kho tā devatā āyasmato anuruddhassa cittamaññāya sabbāva nīlā ahesuṁ nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā. [¶5] Then Venerable Anuruddha thought, “If only these deities would all turn yellow …” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa etadahosi: “aho vatimā devatā sabbāva pītā assu …pe… [¶6] “If only these gods would all turn red …” > Pali: sabbāva lohitakā assu … [¶7] “If only these gods would all turn white …” Then those deities, knowing Anuruddha’s thought, all turned white. > Pali: sabbāva odātā assu odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā”ti. Atha kho tā devatā āyasmato anuruddhassa cittamaññāya sabbāva odātā ahesuṁ odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. [¶8] Then one of those deities sang, one danced, and one snapped her fingers. Suppose there was a quintet made up of skilled musicians who had practiced well and kept excellent rhythm. They’d sound graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, endearing, and intoxicating. In the same way the performance by those deities sounded graceful, tantalizing, sensuous, endearing, and intoxicating. But Venerable Anuruddha averted his senses. > Pali: Atha kho tā devatā ekā ca gāyi ekā ca nacci ekā ca accharaṁ vādesi. Seyyathāpi nāma pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatāḷitassa kusalehi susamannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca; evamevaṁ tāsaṁ devatānaṁ alaṅkārānaṁ saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho indriyāni okkhipi. [¶9] Then those deities, thinking “Master Anuruddha isn’t enjoying this,” vanished right there. Then in the late afternoon, Anuruddha came out of retreat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding: > Pali: Atha kho tā devatā “na khvayyo anuruddho sādiyatī”ti tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶10] > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, divāvihāraṁ gato homi paṭisallīno. Atha kho, bhante, sambahulā manāpakāyikā devatā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhante, tā devatā maṁ etadavocuṁ: ‘mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattema. Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, yādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṁ saraṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ saraṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṁ sukhaṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ sukhaṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma. Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattemā’ti. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘aho vatimā devatā sabbāva nīlā assu nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā mama cittamaññāya sabbāva nīlā ahesuṁ nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā. [¶11] > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘aho vatimā devatā sabbāva pītā assu …pe… sabbāva lohitakā assu …pe… sabbāva odātā assu odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā mama cittamaññāya sabbāva odātā ahesuṁ odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. [¶12] > Pali: Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā ekā ca gāyi ekā ca nacci ekā ca accharaṁ vādesi. Seyyathāpi nāma pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatāḷitassa kusalehi susamannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca; evamevaṁ tāsaṁ devatānaṁ alaṅkārānaṁ saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, indriyāni okkhipi. [¶13] “How many qualities do ladies have so that—when their body breaks up, after death—they are reborn in company with the Gods of the Agreeable Host?” > Pali: Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā ‘na khvayyo anuruddho sādiyatī’ti tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu. Katihi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatī”ti? [¶14] “Anuruddha, when they have eight qualities ladies—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in company with the Gods of the Agreeable Host. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi kho, anuruddha, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? [¶15] Take the case of a lady whose mother and father give her to a husband wanting what’s best for her, out of kindness and sympathy. She would get up before him and go to bed after him, and be obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely. > Pali: Idha, anuruddha, mātugāmo yassa mātāpitaro bhattuno denti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṁ upādāya tassa hoti pubbuṭṭhāyinī pacchānipātinī kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī manāpacārinī piyavādinī. [¶16] She honors, respects, esteems, and venerates those her husband respects, such as mother and father, and ascetics and brahmins. And when they arrive she serves them with a seat and water. > Pali: Ye te bhattu garuno honti— mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā— te sakkaroti, garuṁ karoti, māneti, pūjeti, abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjeti. [¶17] She’s deft and tireless in her husband’s household duties, such as knitting and sewing. She understands how to go about things in order to complete and organize the work. > Pali: Ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā—uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā—tattha dakkhā hoti analasā tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgatā alaṁ kātuṁ alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. [¶18] She knows what work her husband’s domestic bondservants, servants, and workers have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. She knows who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. She distributes to each a fair portion of fresh and cooked foods. > Pali: Yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano—dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā— tesaṁ katañca katato jānāti akatañca akatato jānāti, gilānakānañca balābalaṁ jānāti khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṁsena saṁvibhajati. [¶19] She ensures that any income her husband earns is guarded and protected, whether money, grain, silver, or gold. She doesn’t overspend, steal, waste, or lose it. > Pali: Yaṁ bhattu āharati dhanaṁ vā dhaññaṁ vā jātarūpaṁ vā taṁ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā. [¶20] She’s a lay follower who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha. > Pali: Upāsikā kho pana hoti buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā. [¶21] She’s ethical. She doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. > Pali: Sīlavatī kho pana hoti— pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā, adinnādānā paṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā, musāvādā paṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. [¶22] She’s generous. She lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. > Pali: Cāgavatī kho pana hoti. Vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṁvibhāgaratā. [¶23] When they possess these eight qualities ladies—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in company with the Gods of the Agreeable Host. > Pali: Imehi kho, anuruddha, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatīti. [¶24] She’d never look down on her husband, who’s always eager to work hard, always looking after her, and bringing whatever she wants. > Pali: Yo naṁ bharati sabbadā, niccaṁ ātāpi ussuko; Taṁ sabbakāmadaṁ posaṁ, bhattāraṁ nātimaññati. [¶25] And a good woman never scolds her husband with jealous words. Being astute, she reveres those respected by her husband. > Pali: Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṁ, issāvādena rosaye; Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā. [¶26] She gets up early, works tirelessly, and manages the domestic help. She’s agreeable to her husband, and preserves his wealth. > Pali: Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, saṅgahitaparijjanā; Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶27] A lady who fulfills these duties according to her husband’s desire, is reborn among the gods called ‘Agreeable’.” > Pali: Yā evaṁ vattati nārī, bhattu chandavasānugā; Manāpā nāma te devā, yattha sā upapajjatī”ti. [¶28] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶29] AN 8.47 · With Visākhā on the Agreeable Gods > Pali: AN 8.47 · Dutiyavisākhāsutta [¶30] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶31] “Visākhā, when they have eight qualities ladies—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in company with the Gods of the Agreeable Host. What eight? Take the case of a lady whose mother and father give her to a husband wanting what’s best for her, out of kindness and sympathy. She would get up before him and go to bed after him, and be obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely. … > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yassa mātāpitaro bhattuno denti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṁ upādāya tassa hoti pubbuṭṭhāyinī pacchānipātinī kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī manāpacārinī piyavādinī …pe…. [¶32] She’s generous. She lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. When they possess these eight qualities ladies—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in company with the Gods of the Agreeable Host. > Pali: Cāgavatī kho pana hoti. Vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṁvibhāgaratā. Imehi kho, visākhe, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatīti. [¶33] She’d never look down on her husband, who’s always eager to work hard, always looking after her, and bringing whatever she wants. > Pali: Yo naṁ bharati sabbadā, niccaṁ ātāpi ussuko; Taṁ sabbakāmadaṁ posaṁ, bhattāraṁ nātimaññati. [¶34] And a good woman never scolds her husband with jealous words. Being astute, she reveres those respected by her husband. > Pali: Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṁ, issāvādena rosaye; Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā. [¶35] She gets up early, works tirelessly, and manages the domestic help. She’s agreeable to her husband, and preserves his wealth. > Pali: Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, saṅgahitaparijjanā; Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶36] A lady who fulfills these duties according to her husband’s desire, is reborn among the gods called ‘Agreeable’.” > Pali: Yā evaṁ vattati nārī, bhattu chandavasānugā; Manāpā nāma te devā, yattha sā upapajjatī”ti. [¶37] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶38] AN 8.48 · With Nakula’s Mother on the Agreeable Gods > Pali: AN 8.48 · Nakulamātāsutta [¶39] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. Then the housewife Nakula’s mother went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Atha kho nakulamātā gahapatānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe…. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nakulamātaraṁ gahapatāniṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶40] “Nakula’s mother, when they have eight qualities ladies—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in company with the Gods of the Agreeable Host. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi kho, nakulamāte, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? [¶41] Take the case of a lady whose mother and father give her to a husband wanting what’s best for her, out of kindness and sympathy. She would get up before him and go to bed after him, and be obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely. > Pali: Idha, nakulamāte, mātugāmo yassa mātāpitaro bhattuno denti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṁ upādāya tassa hoti pubbuṭṭhāyinī pacchānipātinī kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī manāpacārinī piyavādinī. [¶42] She honors, respects, esteems, and venerates those her husband respects, such as mother and father, and ascetics and brahmins. And when they arrive she serves them with a seat and water. > Pali: Ye te bhattu garuno honti— mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā— te sakkaroti garuṁ karoti māneti pūjeti, abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjeti. [¶43] She’s deft and tireless in her husband’s household duties, such as knitting and sewing. She understands how to go about things in order to complete and organize the work. > Pali: Ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā—uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā—tattha dakkhā hoti analasā tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgatā alaṁ kātuṁ alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. [¶44] She knows what work her husband’s domestic bondservants, servants, and workers have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. She knows who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. She distributes to each a fair portion of fresh and cooked foods. > Pali: Yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano—dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā— tesaṁ katañca katato jānāti akatañca akatato jānāti, gilānakānañca balābalaṁ jānāti khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṁsena saṁvibhajati. [¶45] She ensures that any income her husband earns is guarded and protected, whether money, grain, silver, or gold. She doesn’t overspend, steal, waste, or lose it. > Pali: Yaṁ bhattā āharati dhanaṁ vā dhaññaṁ vā rajataṁ vā jātarūpaṁ vā taṁ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā. [¶46] She’s a lay follower who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, his teaching, and the Saṅgha. > Pali: Upāsikā kho pana hoti buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gatā. [¶47] She’s ethical. She doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. > Pali: Sīlavatī kho pana hoti— pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā …pe…. [¶48] She’s generous. She lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. > Pali: Cāgavatī kho pana hoti vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṁvibhāgaratā. [¶49] When they possess these eight qualities ladies—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in company with the Gods of the Agreeable Host. > Pali: Imehi kho, nakulamāte, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjatīti. [¶50] She’d never look down on her husband, who’s always eager to work hard, always looking after her, and bringing whatever she wants. > Pali: Yo naṁ bharati sabbadā, niccaṁ ātāpi ussuko; Taṁ sabbakāmadaṁ posaṁ, bhattāraṁ nātimaññati. [¶51] And a good woman never scolds her husband with jealous words. Being astute, she reveres those respected by her husband. > Pali: Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṁ, issāvādena rosaye; Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā. [¶52] She gets up early, works tirelessly, and manages the domestic help. She’s agreeable to her husband, and preserves his wealth. > Pali: Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, saṅgahitaparijjanā; Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶53] A lady who fulfills these duties according to her husband’s desire, is reborn among the gods called ‘Agreeable’.” > Pali: Yā evaṁ vattati nārī, bhattu chandavasānugā; Manāpā nāma te devā, yattha sā upapajjatī”ti. [¶54] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶55] AN 8.49 · Winning in This Life (1st) > Pali: AN 8.49 · Paṭhamaidhalokikasutta [¶56] At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother in the Eastern Monastery. Then Visākhā, Migāra’s mother, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe…. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho visākhaṁ migāramātaraṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶57] “Visākhā, a lady who has four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it. What four? It’s when a lady is well-organized at work, manages the domestic help, acts lovingly toward her husband, and preserves his earnings. > Pali: “Catūhi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti, saṅgahitaparijano, bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶58] And how is a lady well-organized at work? It’s when she’s deft and tireless in doing domestic duties for her husband, such as knitting and sewing. She understands how to go about things in order to complete and organize the work. That’s how a lady is well-organized at work. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā—uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā—tattha dakkhā hoti analasā tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgatā alaṁ kātuṁ alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti. [¶59] And how does a lady manage the domestic help? It’s when she knows what work her husband’s domestic bondservants, servants, and workers have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. She knows who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. She distributes to each a fair portion of fresh and cooked foods. That’s how a lady manages the domestic help. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano—dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā— tesaṁ katañca katato jānāti akatañca akatato jānāti, gilānakānañca balābalaṁ jānāti khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṁsena saṁvibhajati. Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti. [¶60] And how does a lady act lovingly toward her husband? It’s when a lady would not transgress in any way that her husband would not consider agreeable, even for the sake of her own life. That’s how a lady acts lovingly toward her husband. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattu amanāpasaṅkhātaṁ taṁ jīvitahetupi na ajjhācarati. Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati. [¶61] And how does a lady preserve his earnings? It’s when she ensures that any income her husband earns is guarded and protected, whether money, grain, silver, or gold. She doesn’t overspend, steal, waste, or lose it. That’s how a lady preserves his earnings. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo sambhataṁ anurakkhati? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattā āharati dhanaṁ vā dhaññaṁ vā rajataṁ vā jātarūpaṁ vā taṁ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā. Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶62] A lady who possesses these four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it. > Pali: Imehi kho, visākhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti. [¶63] A lady who has four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it. What four? It’s when a lady is accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. > Pali: Catūhi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti, sīlasampanno hoti, cāgasampanno hoti, paññāsampanno hoti. [¶64] And how is a lady accomplished in faith? It’s when a lady has faith in the Realized One’s awakening: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ That’s how a lady is accomplished in faith. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti. [¶65] And how is a lady accomplished in ethics? It’s when a lady doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. That’s how a lady is accomplished in ethics. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti. [¶66] And how is a lady accomplished in generosity? It’s when she lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. That’s how a lady is accomplished in generosity. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṁvibhāgaratā. Evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti. [¶67] And how is a lady accomplished in wisdom? It’s when a lady is wise. She has the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. That’s how a lady is accomplished in wisdom. > Pali: Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo paññavā hoti …pe… evaṁ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti. [¶68] A lady who possesses these four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it. > Pali: Imehi kho, visākhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hotīti. [¶69] She’s organized at work, and manages the domestic help. She’s agreeable to her husband, and preserves his wealth. > Pali: Susaṁvihitakammantā, saṅgahitaparijjanā; Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶70] Faithful, accomplished in ethics, bountiful, rid of stinginess, she always purifies the path to well-being in lives to come. > Pali: Saddhā sīlena sampannā, vadaññū vītamaccharā; Niccaṁ maggaṁ visodheti, sotthānaṁ samparāyikaṁ. [¶71] And so, a lady in whom these eight qualities are found is known as virtuous, firmly principled, and truthful. > Pali: Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, yassā vijjanti nāriyā; Tampi sīlavatiṁ āhu, dhammaṭṭhaṁ saccavādiniṁ. [¶72] Accomplished in sixteen respects, complete with the eight factors, a virtuous laywoman such as she is reborn in the realm of the Agreeable Gods.” > Pali: Soḷasākārasampannā, Aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgatā; Tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā, Upapajjati devalokaṁ manāpan”ti. [¶73] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶74] AN 8.50 · Winning in This Life (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.50 · Dutiyaidhalokikasutta [¶75] “Mendicants, a lady who has four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it. What four? > Pali: “Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? [¶76] It’s when a lady is well-organized at work, manages the domestic help, acts lovingly toward her husband, and preserves his earnings. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti, saṅgahitaparijano, bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶77] And how is a lady well-organized at work? It’s when she’s skilled and tireless in doing domestic duties for her husband … That’s how a lady is well-organized at work. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā …pe… evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo susaṁvihitakammanto hoti. [¶78] And how does a lady manage the domestic help? It’s when she knows what work her husband’s domestic bondservants, servants, and workers have completed, and what they’ve left incomplete. She knows who is sick, and who is fit or unwell. She distributes to each a fair portion of fresh and cooked foods. That’s how a lady manages the domestic help. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano …pe… evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti. [¶79] And how does a lady act lovingly toward her husband? It’s when a lady would not transgress in any way that her husband would not consider agreeable, even for the sake of her own life. That’s how a lady acts lovingly toward her husband. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattu amanāpasaṅkhātaṁ taṁ jīvitahetupi na ajjhācarati. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṁ carati. [¶80] And how does a lady preserve his earnings? It’s when she tries to guard and protect any income her husband earns … That’s how a lady preserves his earnings. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sambhataṁ anurakkhati? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yaṁ bhattā āharati …pe… evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶81] A lady who possesses these four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it. > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti. [¶82] A lady who has four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it. What four? It’s when a lady is accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. > Pali: Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti, sīlasampanno hoti, cāgasampanno hoti, paññāsampanno hoti. [¶83] And how is a lady accomplished in faith? It’s when a lady has faith in the Realized One’s awakening … That’s how a lady is accomplished in faith. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddho hoti …pe… evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti. [¶84] And how is a lady accomplished in ethics? It’s when a lady doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. That’s how a lady is accomplished in ethics. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti. [¶85] And how is a lady accomplished in generosity? It’s when she lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. That’s how a lady is accomplished in generosity. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati …pe… evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti. [¶86] And how is a lady accomplished in wisdom? It’s when a lady is wise. She has the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. That’s how a lady is accomplished in wisdom. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo paññavā hoti …pe… evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti. [¶87] A lady who possesses these four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it. > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hotīti. [¶88] She’s organized at work, and manages the domestic help. She’s agreeable to her husband, and preserves his wealth. > Pali: Susaṁvihitakammantā, saṅgahitaparijjanā; Bhattu manāpaṁ carati, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶89] Faithful, accomplished in ethics, being bountiful and rid of stinginess. She always purifies the path to well-being in lives to come. > Pali: Saddhā sīlena sampannā, vadaññū vītamaccharā; Niccaṁ maggaṁ visodheti, sotthānaṁ samparāyikaṁ. [¶90] And so, a lady in whom these eight qualities are found is known as virtuous, firmly principled, and truthful. > Pali: Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, yassā vijjanti nāriyā; Tampi sīlavatiṁ āhu, dhammaṭṭhaṁ saccavādiniṁ. [¶91] Accomplished in sixteen respects, complete with the eight factors, a virtuous laywoman such as she is reborn in the realm of the Agreeable Gods.” > Pali: Soḷasākārasampannā, Aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgatā; Tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā, Upapajjati devalokaṁ manāpan”ti. [¶92] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶93] > Pali: Uposathavaggo pañcamo. [¶94] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶95] > Pali: Saṅkhitte vitthate visākhe, Vāseṭṭho bojjhāya pañcamaṁ; Anuruddhaṁ puna visākhe, Nakulā idhalokikā dveti. [¶96] > Pali: Paṭhamo paṇṇāsako samatto. ## 11. Gotamī · AN 8.51–8.56 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/11/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/11/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.51 · With Gotamī > Pali: AN 8.51 · Gotamīsutta [¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶2] “Sir, please let ladies gain the going forth from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶3] “Enough, Gotamī. Don’t endorse the going forth for ladies from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “Alaṁ, gotami. Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjā”ti. [¶4] For a second time … > Pali: Dutiyampi kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. “Alaṁ, gotami. Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjā”ti. [¶5] For a third time, Mahāpajāpati Gotamī said to the Buddha: > Pali: Tatiyampi kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶6] “Sir, please let ladies gain the going forth from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶7] “Enough, Gotamī. Don’t endorse the going forth for ladies from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “Alaṁ, gotami. Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjā”ti. [¶8] Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī thought, “The Buddha does not permit ladies to go forth.” Miserable and sad, weeping, with a tearful face, she bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on her right, before leaving. > Pali: Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī “na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. [¶9] When the Buddha had stayed in Kapilavatthu as long as he pleased, he set out for Vesālī. Traveling stage by stage, he arrived at Vesālī, where he stayed at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī had her hair shaved, and dressed in ocher robes. Together with several Sakyan ladies she set out for Vesālī. Traveling stage by stage, she arrived at Vesālī and went to the Great Wood, the hall with the peaked roof. Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī stood crying outside the gate, her feet swollen, her limbs covered with dust, miserable and sad, with tearful face. > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena vesālī tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī kese chedāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā sambahulāhi sākiyānīhi saddhiṁ yena vesālī tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena vesālī mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi. [¶10] Venerable Ānanda saw her standing there, and said to her, “Gotamī, why do you stand crying outside the gate, your feet swollen, your limbs covered with dust, miserable and sad, with tearful face?” > Pali: Addasā kho āyasmā ānando mahāpajāpatiṁ gotamiṁ sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhiṁ dummanaṁ assumukhiṁ rudamānaṁ bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitaṁ. Disvāna mahāpajāpatiṁ gotamiṁ etadavoca: “kiṁ nu tvaṁ, gotami, sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā”ti? [¶11] “Honorable Ānanda, it’s because the Buddha does not permit ladies to go forth in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “Tathā hi pana, bhante ānanda, na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶12] “Well then, Gotamī, wait here an hour while I ask the Buddha to grant the going forth for ladies.” > Pali: “Tena hi tvaṁ, gotami, muhuttaṁ idheva tāva hohi, yāvāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ yācāmi mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶13] Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶14] “Sir, Mahāpajāpati Gotamī is standing crying outside the gate, her feet swollen, her limbs covered with dust, miserable and sad, with tearful face. She says that it’s because the Buddha does not permit ladies to go forth. Sir, please let ladies gain the going forth from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “esā, bhante, mahāpajāpatī gotamī sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā: ‘na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan’ti. Sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶15] “Enough, Ānanda. Don’t endorse the going forth for ladies from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “Alaṁ, ānanda. Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjā”ti. [¶16] For a second time … > Pali: Dutiyampi kho …pe… [¶17] For a third time, Ānanda said to the Buddha: > Pali: tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶18] “Sir, please let ladies gain the going forth from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶19] “Enough, Ānanda. Don’t endorse the going forth for ladies from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “Alaṁ, ānanda. Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjā”ti. [¶20] Then Venerable Ānanda thought, “The Buddha does not permit ladies to go forth. Why don’t I try another approach?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi: “na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjaṁ. Yannūnāhaṁ aññenapi pariyāyena bhagavantaṁ yāceyyaṁ mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶21] Then Venerable Ānanda said to the Buddha, “Sir, is a lady able to realize the fruits of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, and perfection once she has gone forth?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “bhabbo nu kho, bhante, mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā sotāpattiphalaṁ vā sakadāgāmiphalaṁ vā anāgāmiphalaṁ vā arahattaphalaṁ vā sacchikātun”ti? [¶22] “She is able, Ānanda.” > Pali: “Bhabbo, ānanda, mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā sotāpattiphalampi sakadāgāmiphalampi anāgāmiphalampi arahattaphalampi sacchikātun”ti. [¶23] “If a lady is able to realize the fruits of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, and perfection once she has gone forth. Sir, Mahāpajāpati has been very helpful to the Buddha. As his aunt, she raised him, nurtured him, and gave him her milk. When the Buddha’s birth mother passed away, she nurtured him at her own breast. Sir, please let ladies gain the going forth from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One.” > Pali: “Sace, bhante, bhabbo mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā sotāpattiphalampi …pe… arahattaphalampi sacchikātuṁ; bahukārā, bhante, mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavato mātucchā āpādikā posikā khīrassa dāyikā; bhagavantaṁ janettiyā kālaṅkatāya thaññaṁ pāyesi. Sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjan”ti. [¶24] “Ānanda, if Mahāpajāpati Gotamī accepts these eight principles of respect, that will be her ordination. > Pali: “Sace, ānanda, mahāpajāpatī gotamī aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāti, sāvassā hotu upasampadā— [¶25] A nun, even if she has been ordained for a hundred years, should bow down to a monk who was ordained that very day. She should rise up for him, greet him with cupped palms, and observe proper etiquette toward him. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahūpasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṁ paccuṭṭhānaṁ añjalikammaṁ sāmīcikammaṁ kattabbaṁ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶26] A nun should not commence the rainy season residence in a monastery without monks. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Na bhikkhuniyā abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶27] Each fortnight the nuns should expect two things from the community of monks: the date of the sabbath, and visiting for advice. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Anvaḍḍhamāsaṁ bhikkhuniyā bhikkhusaṅghato dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbā— uposathapucchakañca, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶28] After completing the rainy season residence the nuns should invite admonition from the communities of both monks and nuns in regard to anything that was seen, heard, or suspected. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Vassaṁvuṭṭhāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretabbaṁ— diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶29] A nun who has committed a grave offense should undergo penance in the communities of both monks and nuns for a fortnight. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Garudhammaṁ ajjhāpannāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe pakkhamānattaṁ caritabbaṁ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶30] A trainee nun who has trained in the six rules for two years should seek ordination from the communities of both monks and nuns. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya ubhatosaṅghe upasampadā pariyesitabbā. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶31] A nun should not abuse or insult a monk in any way. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Na kenaci pariyāyena bhikkhuniyā bhikkhu akkositabbo paribhāsitabbo. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶32] From this day forth it is forbidden for nuns to criticize monks, but it is not forbidden for monks to criticize nuns. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. > Pali: Ajjatagge ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṁ bhikkhūsu vacanapatho, anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. [¶33] If Mahāpajāpati Gotamī accepts these eight principles of respect, that will be her ordination.” > Pali: Sace, ānanda, mahāpajāpatī gotamī ime aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāti, sāvassā hotu upasampadā”ti. [¶34] Then Ānanda, having learned these eight principles of respect from the Buddha himself, went to Mahāpajāpati Gotamī and said: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato santike ime aṭṭha garudhamme uggahetvā yena mahāpajāpatī gotamī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mahāpajāpatiṁ gotamiṁ etadavoca: [¶35] “Gotamī, if you accept eight principles of respect, that will be your ordination. > Pali: “Sace kho tvaṁ, gotami, aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇheyyāsi, sāva te bhavissati upasampadā— [¶36] A nun, even if she has been ordained for a hundred years, should bow down to a monk who was ordained that very day. She should rise up for him, greet him with cupped palms, and observe proper etiquette toward him. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. … > Pali: Vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahūpasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṁ paccuṭṭhānaṁ añjalikammaṁ sāmīcikammaṁ kattabbaṁ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo …pe…. [¶37] From this day forth it is forbidden for nuns to criticize monks, but it is not forbidden for monks to criticize nuns. This principle should be honored, respected, esteemed, and venerated, and not transgressed so long as life lasts. If you accept these eight principles of respect, that will be your ordination.” > Pali: Ajjatagge ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṁ bhikkhūsu vacanapatho, anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyo. Sace kho tvaṁ, gotami, ime aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇheyyāsi, sāva te bhavissati upasampadā”ti. [¶38] “Ānanda, suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and had bathed their head. After getting a garland of lotuses, jasmine, or liana flowers, they would take them in both hands and place them on the crown of the head. In the same way, sir, I accept these eight principles of respect as not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.” > Pali: “Seyyathāpi, bhante ānanda, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṁnhāto uppalamālaṁ vā vassikamālaṁ vā adhimuttakamālaṁ vā labhitvā ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahetvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṁ patiṭṭhāpeyya; evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante ānanda, ime aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāmi yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīye”ti. [¶39] Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶40] “Sir, Mahāpajāpati Gotamī has accepted the eight principles of respect as not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.” > Pali: “paṭiggahitā, bhante, mahāpajāpatiyā gotamiyā aṭṭha garudhammā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyā”ti. [¶41] “Ānanda, if ladies had not gained the going forth from the lay life to homelessness in the teaching and training proclaimed by the Realized One, the spiritual life would have lasted long. The true teaching would have remained for a thousand years. But since they have gained the going forth, now the spiritual life will not last long. The true teaching will remain only five hundred years. > Pali: “Sace, ānanda, nālabhissa mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjaṁ, ciraṭṭhitikaṁ, ānanda, brahmacariyaṁ abhavissa, vassasahassameva saddhammo tiṭṭheyya. Yato ca kho, ānanda, mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito, na dāni, ānanda, brahmacariyaṁ ciraṭṭhitikaṁ bhavissati. Pañceva dāni, ānanda, vassasatāni saddhammo ṭhassati. [¶42] It’s like those families with many women and few men. They’re easy prey for bandits and grain-jar thieves. In the same way, the spiritual life does not last long in a teaching and training where ladies gain the going forth. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, ānanda, yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni appapurisakāni, tāni suppadhaṁsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi; evamevaṁ kho, ānanda, yasmiṁ dhammavinaye labhati mātugāmo agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjaṁ, na taṁ brahmacariyaṁ ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti. [¶43] It’s like a field full of rice. Once the disease called ‘white bones’ attacks, it doesn’t last long. In the same way, the spiritual life does not last long in a teaching and training where ladies gain the going forth. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sampanne sālikkhette setaṭṭhikā nāma rogajāti nipatati, evaṁ taṁ sālikkhettaṁ na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti; evamevaṁ kho, ānanda, yasmiṁ dhammavinaye labhati mātugāmo agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjaṁ, na taṁ brahmacariyaṁ ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti. [¶44] It’s like a field full of sugarcane. Once the disease called ‘red rot’ attacks, it doesn’t last long. In the same way, the spiritual life does not last long in a teaching and training where ladies gain the going forth. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sampanne ucchukkhette mañjiṭṭhikā nāma rogajāti nipatati, evaṁ taṁ ucchukkhettaṁ na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti; evamevaṁ kho, ānanda, yasmiṁ dhammavinaye labhati mātugāmo agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjaṁ, na taṁ brahmacariyaṁ ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti. [¶45] As a man might build a dyke around a large lake as a precaution against the water overflowing, in the same way as a precaution I’ve prescribed the eight principles of respect as not to be transgressed so long as life lasts.” > Pali: Seyyathāpi, ānanda, puriso mahato taḷākassa paṭikacceva āḷiṁ bandheyya yāvadeva udakassa anatikkamanāya; evamevaṁ kho, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva bhikkhunīnaṁ aṭṭha garudhammā paññattā yāvajīvaṁ anatikkamanīyā”ti. [¶46] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶47] AN 8.52 · An Adviser for Nuns > Pali: AN 8.52 · Ovādasutta [¶48] At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶49] “Sir, how many qualities should a monk have to be deemed an adviser for nuns?” > Pali: “katihi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammannitabbo”ti? [¶50] “Ānanda, a monk with eight qualities may be deemed an adviser for nuns. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi kho, ānanda, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammannitabbo. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? [¶51] Firstly, a monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. > Pali: Idhānanda, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; [¶52] They’re learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s totally full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, reciting them, mentally scrutinizing them, and penetrating them theoretically. > Pali: bahussuto hoti …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; [¶53] Both monastic codes have been passed down to them in detail, well analyzed, well mastered, well evaluated in both the rules and accompanying material. > Pali: ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso; [¶54] They’re a good speaker who enunciates well. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. > Pali: kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; [¶55] They’re able to educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire the community of nuns. > Pali: paṭibalo hoti bhikkhunisaṅghassa dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṁ samādapetuṁ samuttejetuṁ sampahaṁsetuṁ; [¶56] They’re liked and agreeable to most of the nuns. > Pali: yebhuyyena bhikkhunīnaṁ piyo hoti manāpo; [¶57] They have never previously sexually harassed any woman wearing the ocher robe who has gone forth in the Buddha’s name. > Pali: na kho panetaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajitāya kāsāyavatthavasanāya garudhammaṁ ajjhāpannapubbo hoti; [¶58] They have been ordained for twenty years or more. > Pali: vīsativasso vā hoti atirekavīsativasso vā. [¶59] A monk with these eight qualities may be deemed an adviser for nuns.” > Pali: Imehi kho, ānanda, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammannitabbo”ti. [¶60] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶61] AN 8.53 · Brief Advice to Gotamī > Pali: AN 8.53 · Saṅkhittasutta [¶62] At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Then Mahāpajāpati Gotamī went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶63] “Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.” > Pali: “Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā ekā vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpinī pahitattā vihareyyan”ti. [¶64] “Gotamī, you might know that certain things lead to passion, not dispassion; to yoking, not to unyoking; to accumulation, not dispersal; to more desires, not fewer; to lack of contentment, not contentment; to crowding, not seclusion; to laziness, not energy; to being burdensome, not being unburdensome. Categorically, you should remember these things as not the teaching, not the training, and not the Teacher’s instructions. > Pali: “Ye kho tvaṁ, gotami, dhamme jāneyyāsi: ‘ime dhammā sarāgāya saṁvattanti, no virāgāya; saṁyogāya saṁvattanti, no visaṁyogāya; ācayāya saṁvattanti, no apacayāya; mahicchatāya saṁvattanti, no appicchatāya; asantuṭṭhiyā saṁvattanti, no santuṭṭhiyā; saṅgaṇikāya saṁvattanti, no pavivekāya; kosajjāya saṁvattanti, no vīriyārambhāya; dubbharatāya saṁvattanti, no subharatāyā’ti, ekaṁsena, gotami, dhāreyyāsi: ‘neso dhammo, neso vinayo, netaṁ satthusāsanan’ti. [¶65] You might know that certain things lead to dispassion, not passion; to unyoking, not to yoking; to dispersal, not accumulation; to fewer desires, not more; to contentment, not lack of contentment; to seclusion, not crowding; to energy, not laziness; to being unburdensome, not being burdensome. Categorically, you should remember these things as the teaching, the training, and the Teacher’s instructions.” > Pali: Ye ca kho tvaṁ, gotami, dhamme jāneyyāsi: ‘ime dhammā virāgāya saṁvattanti, no sarāgāya; visaṁyogāya saṁvattanti, no saṁyogāya; apacayāya saṁvattanti, no ācayāya; appicchatāya saṁvattanti, no mahicchatāya; santuṭṭhiyā saṁvattanti, no asantuṭṭhiyā; pavivekāya saṁvattanti, no saṅgaṇikāya; vīriyārambhāya saṁvattanti, no kosajjāya; subharatāya saṁvattanti, no dubbharatāyā’ti, ekaṁsena, gotami, dhāreyyāsi: ‘eso dhammo, eso vinayo, etaṁ satthusāsanan’”ti. [¶66] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶67] AN 8.54 · With Dīghajāṇu > Pali: AN 8.54 · Dīghajāṇusutta [¶68] At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Kakkarapatta. Then Dīghajāṇu the Koliyan went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati kakkarapattaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. Atha kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶69] “Sir, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures and living at home with our children. We use sandalwood imported from Kāsi, we wear garlands, fragrance, and makeup, and we accept gold and currency. May the Buddha please teach us the Dhamma in a way that leads to our welfare and happiness in this life and lives to come.” > Pali: “mayaṁ, bhante, gihī kāmabhogino puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasāma, kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhārayāma, jātarūparajataṁ sādayāma. Tesaṁ no, bhante, bhagavā amhākaṁ tathā dhammaṁ desetu ye amhākaṁ assu dhammā diṭṭhadhammahitāya diṭṭhadhammasukhāya, samparāyahitāya samparāyasukhāyā”ti. [¶70] “Byagghapajja, these four things lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in this life. What four? > Pali: “Cattārome, byagghapajja, dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṁvattanti diṭṭhadhammasukhāya. Katame cattāro? [¶71] Accomplishment in initiative, protection, good friendship, and balanced finances. And what is accomplishment in initiative? It’s when a gentleman earns a living by means such as farming, trade, raising cattle, archery, government service, or one of the professions. He understands how to go about these things in order to complete and organize the work. This is called accomplishment in initiative. > Pali: Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā. Katamā ca, byagghapajja, uṭṭhānasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto yena kammaṭṭhānena jīvikaṁ kappeti— yadi kasiyā, yadi vaṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena, yadi issattena, yadi rājaporisena, yadi sippaññatarena— tattha dakkho hoti analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, uṭṭhānasampadā. [¶72] And what is accomplishment in protection? It’s when a gentleman owns legitimate wealth that he has earned by his own efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow. He ensures it is guarded and protected, thinking: ‘How can I prevent my wealth from being taken by rulers or bandits, consumed by fire, swept away by flood, or taken by unloved heirs?’ This is called accomplishment in protection. > Pali: Katamā ca, byagghapajja, ārakkhasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputtassa bhogā honti uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā, sedāvakkhittā, dhammikā dhammaladdhā. Te ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti: ‘kinti me ime bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṁ, na corā hareyyuṁ, na aggi ḍaheyya, na udakaṁ vaheyya, na appiyā dāyādā hareyyun’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, ārakkhasampadā. [¶73] And what is accomplishment in good friendship? It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. This is called accomplishment in good friendship. > Pali: Katamā ca, byagghapajja, kalyāṇamittatā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, kalyāṇamittatā. [¶74] And what is accomplishment in balanced finances? It’s when a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ It’s like an appraiser or their apprentice who, holding up the scales, knows that it’s low by this much or high by this much. In the same way, a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ If a gentleman has little income but an opulent life, there’ll be some who say: ‘This gentleman eats their wealth like a fig-eater!’ If a gentleman has a large income but a spartan life, there’ll be some who say: ‘This gentleman is starving themselves to death!’ But a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, leads a balanced life, neither too extravagant nor too frugal, thinking, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ This is called accomplishment in balanced finances. > Pali: Katamā ca, byagghapajja, samajīvitā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, byagghapajja, tulādhāro vā tulādhārantevāsī vā tulaṁ paggahetvā jānāti: ‘ettakena vā onataṁ, ettakena vā unnatan’ti; evamevaṁ kho, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Sacāyaṁ, byagghapajja, kulaputto appāyo samāno uḷāraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘udumbarakhādīvāyaṁ kulaputto bhoge khādatī’ti. Sace panāyaṁ, byagghapajja, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṁvāyaṁ kulaputto marissatī’ti. Yato ca khoyaṁ, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā, samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, samajīvitā. [¶75] There are four drains on wealth that has been gathered in this way. Womanizing, drinking, gambling, and having bad friends, companions, and associates. Suppose there was a large reservoir with four inlets and four drains. And someone was to open up the drains and close off the inlets, and the heavens don’t provide enough rain. You’d expect that large reservoir to dwindle, not expand. In the same way, there are four drains on wealth that has been gathered in this way. Womanizing, drinking, gambling, and having bad friends, companions, and associates. > Pali: Evaṁ samuppannānaṁ, byagghapajja, bhogānaṁ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti— itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni, cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni vivareyya; devo ca na sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa parihāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no vuddhi; evamevaṁ, byagghapajja, evaṁ samuppannānaṁ bhogānaṁ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti— itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko. [¶76] There are four inlets for wealth that has been gathered in this way. Not womanizing, drinking, or gambling, and having good friends, companions, and associates. Suppose there was a large reservoir with four inlets and four drains. And someone was to open up the inlets and close off the drains, and the heavens provide plenty of rain. You’d expect that large reservoir to expand, not dwindle. In the same way, there are four inlets for wealth that has been gathered in this way. Not womanizing, drinking, or gambling, and having good friends, companions, and associates. > Pali: Evaṁ samuppannānaṁ, byagghapajja, bhogānaṁ cattāri āyamukhāni honti— na itthidhutto, na surādhutto, na akkhadhutto, kalyāṇamitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni, cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni vivareyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya; devo ca sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni; evamevaṁ kho, byagghapajja, evaṁ samuppannānaṁ bhogānaṁ cattāri āyamukhāni honti— na itthidhutto, na surādhutto, na akkhadhutto, kalyāṇamitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. [¶77] These are the four things that lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in this life. > Pali: Ime kho, byagghapajja, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṁvattanti diṭṭhadhammasukhāya. [¶78] These four things lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in lives to come. What four? Accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. > Pali: Cattārome, byagghapajja, dhammā kulaputtassa samparāyahitāya saṁvattanti samparāyasukhāya. Katame cattāro? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā. [¶79] And what is accomplishment in faith? It’s when a gentleman has faith in the Realized One’s awakening: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ This is called accomplishment in faith. > Pali: Katamā ca, byagghapajja, saddhāsampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ: ‘itipi so bhagavā …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, saddhāsampadā. [¶80] And what is accomplishment in ethics? It’s when a gentleman doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. This is called accomplishment in ethics. > Pali: Katamā ca, byagghapajja, sīlasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, sīlasampadā. [¶81] And what is accomplishment in generosity? It’s when a gentleman lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. This is called accomplishment in generosity. > Pali: Katamā ca, byagghapajja, cāgasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, cāgasampadā. [¶82] And what is accomplishment in wisdom? It’s when a gentleman is wise. He has the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. This is called accomplishment in wisdom. > Pali: Katamā ca, byagghapajja, paññāsampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṁ vuccati, byagghapajja, paññāsampadā. [¶83] These are the four things that lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in lives to come. > Pali: Ime kho, byagghapajja, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa samparāyahitāya saṁvattanti samparāyasukhāyāti. [¶84] They’re enterprising in the workplace, diligent in managing things, they balance their finances, and preserve their wealth. > Pali: Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā; Samaṁ kappeti jīvikaṁ, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶85] Faithful, accomplished in ethics, bountiful, rid of stinginess, they always purify the path to well-being in lives to come. > Pali: Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo; Niccaṁ maggaṁ visodheti, sotthānaṁ samparāyikaṁ. [¶86] And so these eight qualities of a faithful householder of discernment are declared by the one who is truly named to lead to happiness in both spheres, > Pali: Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino; Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā. [¶87] welfare and benefit in this life, and happiness in lives to come. This is how, for a householder, merit grows by generosity.” > Pali: Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca; Evametaṁ gahaṭṭhānaṁ, cāgo puññaṁ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. [¶88] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶89] AN 8.55 · With Ujjaya > Pali: AN 8.55 · Ujjayasutta [¶90] Then Ujjaya the brahmin went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: > Pali: Atha kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶91] “Worthy Gotama, we wish to travel abroad. May the Buddha please teach us the Dhamma in a way that leads to our welfare and happiness in this life and lives to come.” > Pali: “mayaṁ, bho gotama, pavāsaṁ gantukāmā. Tesaṁ no bhavaṁ gotamo amhākaṁ tathā dhammaṁ desetu—ye amhākaṁ assu dhammā diṭṭhadhammahitāya, diṭṭhadhammasukhāya, samparāyahitāya, samparāyasukhāyā”ti. [¶92] “Brahmin, these four things lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in this life. What four? Accomplishment in initiative, protection, good friendship, and balanced finances. > Pali: “Cattārome, brāhmaṇa, dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṁvattanti, diṭṭhadhammasukhāya. Katame cattāro? Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā. [¶93] And what is accomplishment in initiative? It’s when a gentleman earns a living by means such as farming, trade, raising cattle, archery, government service, or one of the professions. He understands how to go about these things in order to complete and organize the work. This is called accomplishment in initiative. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, uṭṭhānasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto yena kammaṭṭhānena jīvikaṁ kappeti— yadi kasiyā, yadi vaṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena, yadi issattena, yadi rājaporisena, yadi sippaññatarena— tattha dakkho hoti analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, uṭṭhānasampadā. [¶94] And what is accomplishment in protection? It’s when a gentleman owns legitimate wealth that he has earned by his own efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow. He ensures it is guarded and protected, thinking: ‘How can I prevent my wealth from being taken by rulers or bandits, consumed by fire, swept away by flood, or taken by unloved heirs?’ This is called accomplishment in protection. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, ārakkhasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputtassa bhogā honti uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā, bāhābalaparicitā, sedāvakkhittā, dhammikā dhammaladdhā. Te ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti: ‘kinti me ime bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṁ, na corā hareyyuṁ, na aggi ḍaheyya, na udakaṁ vaheyya, na appiyā dāyādā hareyyun’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, ārakkhasampadā. [¶95] And what is accomplishment in good friendship? It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. This is called accomplishment in good friendship. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, kalyāṇamittatā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati tatra ye te honti—gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā—tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, kalyāṇamittatā. [¶96] And what is accomplishment in balanced finances? It’s when a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ It’s like an appraiser or their apprentice who, holding up the scales, knows that it’s low by this much or high by this much. In the same way, a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ If a gentleman has little income but an opulent life, there’ll be some who say: ‘This gentleman eats their wealth like a fig-eater!’ If a gentleman has a large income but a spartan life, there’ll be some who say: ‘This gentleman is starving themselves to death!’ But a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, leads a balanced life, neither too extravagant nor too frugal, thinking, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ This is called accomplishment in balanced finances. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, samajīvitā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, tulādhāro vā tulādhārantevāsī vā tulaṁ paggahetvā jānāti: ‘ettakena vā onataṁ, ettakena vā unnatan’ti; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Sacāyaṁ, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto appāyo samāno uḷāraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘udumbarakhādīvāyaṁ kulaputto bhoge khādatī’ti. Sace panāyaṁ, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṁvāyaṁ kulaputto marissatī’ti. Yato ca khoyaṁ, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti, ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, samajīvitā. [¶97] There are four drains on wealth that has been gathered in this way. Womanizing, drinking, gambling, and having bad friends, companions, and associates. Suppose there was a large reservoir with four inlets and four drains. And someone was to open up the drains and close off the inlets, and the heavens don’t provide enough rain. You’d expect that large reservoir to dwindle, not expand. In the same way, there are four drains on wealth that has been gathered in this way. Womanizing, drinking, gambling, and having bad friends, companions, and associates. > Pali: Evaṁ samuppannānaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhogānaṁ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti— itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni, cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni vivareyya; devo ca na sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa, brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa parihāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no vuddhi; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, evaṁ samuppannānaṁ bhogānaṁ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti— itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko. [¶98] There are four inlets for wealth that has been gathered in this way. Not womanizing, drinking, or gambling, and having good friends, companions, and associates. Suppose there was a large reservoir with four inlets and four drains. And someone was to open up the inlets and close off the drains, and the heavens provide plenty of rain. You’d expect that large reservoir to expand, not dwindle. In the same way, there are four inlets for wealth that has been gathered in this way. Not womanizing, drinking, or gambling, and having good friends, companions, and associates. > Pali: Evaṁ samuppannānaṁ, brāhmaṇa, bhogānaṁ cattāri āyamukhāni honti— na itthidhutto, na surādhutto, na akkhadhutto, kalyāṇamitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni vivareyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya; devo ca sammā dhāraṁ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa, brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, evaṁ samuppannānaṁ bhogānaṁ cattāri āyamukhāni honti— na itthidhutto …pe… kalyāṇasampavaṅko. [¶99] These are the four things that lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in this life. > Pali: Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṁvattanti diṭṭhadhammasukhāya. [¶100] These four things lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in lives to come. What four? Accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. > Pali: Cattārome, brāhmaṇa, kulaputtassa dhammā samparāyahitāya saṁvattanti samparāyasukhāya. Katame cattāro? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā. [¶101] And what is accomplishment in faith? It’s when a gentleman has faith in the Realized One’s awakening: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ This is called accomplishment in faith. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, saddhāsampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ: ‘itipi so bhagavā …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, saddhāsampadā. [¶102] And what is accomplishment in ethics? It’s when a gentleman doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. This is called accomplishment in ethics. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, sīlasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, sīlasampadā. [¶103] And what is accomplishment in generosity? It’s when a gentleman lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. This is called accomplishment in generosity. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, cāgasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, cāgasampadā. [¶104] And what is accomplishment in wisdom? It’s when a gentleman is wise. He has the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. This is called accomplishment in wisdom. > Pali: Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto paññavā hoti …pe… sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadā. [¶105] These are the four things that lead to the welfare and happiness of a gentleman in lives to come. > Pali: “Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa samparāyahitāya saṁvattanti samparāyasukhāyāti. [¶106] They’re enterprising in the workplace, diligent in managing things, they balance their finances, and preserve their wealth. > Pali: Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā; Samaṁ kappeti jīvikaṁ, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶107] Faithful, accomplished in ethics, bountiful, rid of stinginess, they always purify the path to well-being in lives to come. > Pali: Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo; Niccaṁ maggaṁ visodheti, sotthānaṁ samparāyikaṁ. [¶108] And so these eight qualities of a faithful householder of discernment are declared by the one who is truly named to lead to happiness in both spheres, > Pali: Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino; Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā. [¶109] welfare and benefit in this life, and happiness in lives to come. This is how, for a householder, merit grows by generosity.” > Pali: Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca; Evametaṁ gahaṭṭhānaṁ, cāgo puññaṁ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. [¶110] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶111] AN 8.56 · Danger > Pali: AN 8.56 · Bhayasutta [¶112] “Mendicants, ‘danger’ is a term for sensual pleasures. ‘Suffering’, ‘disease’, ‘boil’, ‘dart’, ‘chain’, ‘bog’, and ‘womb’ are terms for sensual pleasures. And why is ‘danger’ a term for sensual pleasures? Someone who is besotted by sensual greed and shackled by lustful desire is not freed from dangers in this life or in lives to come. That is why ‘danger’ is a term for sensual pleasures. And why are ‘suffering’, ‘disease’, ‘boil’, ‘dart’, ‘chain’, ‘bog’, and ‘womb’ terms for sensual pleasures? Someone who is besotted by sensual greed and shackled by lustful desire is not freed from wombs in this life or in lives to come. That is why ‘womb’ is a term for sensual pleasures. > Pali: “‘Bhayan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Dukkhan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Rogo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Gaṇḍo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Sallan’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Saṅgo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Paṅko’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. ‘Gabbho’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, ‘bhayan’ti kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ? Yasmā ca kāmarāgarattāyaṁ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, tasmā ‘bhayan’ti kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, ‘dukkhan’ti …pe… ‘rogo’ti … ‘gaṇḍo’ti … ‘sallan’ti … ‘saṅgo’ti … ‘paṅko’ti … ‘gabbho’ti kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ? Yasmā ca kāmarāgarattāyaṁ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi gabbhā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi gabbhā na parimuccati, tasmā ‘gabbho’ti kāmānametaṁ adhivacanaṁ. [¶113] Danger, suffering, and disease, boil, dart, and chain, and bogs and wombs both. These describe the sensual pleasures to which ordinary people are attached. > Pali: Bhayaṁ dukkhañca rogo ca, gaṇḍo sallañca saṅgo ca; Paṅko gabbho ca ubhayaṁ, ete kāmā pavuccanti; Yattha satto puthujjano. [¶114] Swamped by things that seem pleasant, you go to another womb. But when a mendicant is keen, and doesn’t forget awareness, > Pali: Otiṇṇo sātarūpena, puna gabbhāya gacchati; Yato ca bhikkhu ātāpī, sampajaññaṁ na riccati. [¶115] in this way that sort transcend this grueling swamp. They watch this population flounder, fallen into rebirth and old age.” > Pali: So imaṁ palipathaṁ duggaṁ, atikkamma tathāvidho; Pajaṁ jātijarūpetaṁ, phandamānaṁ avekkhatī”ti. [¶116] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. ## 12. Gotamī · AN 8.57–8.60 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/12/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/12/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.57 · Worthy of Offerings Dedicated to the Gods (1st) > Pali: AN 8.57 · Paṭhamaāhuneyyasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, a mendicant with eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? [¶2] It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; [¶3] They’re learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s totally full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, reciting them, mentally scrutinizing them, and penetrating them theoretically. > Pali: bahussuto hoti …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; [¶4] They have good friends, companions, and associates. > Pali: kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko; [¶5] They have right view, possessing right perspective. > Pali: sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammādassanena samannāgato; [¶6] They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. > Pali: catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; [¶7] They recollect many kinds of past lives, with features and details. > Pali: anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati; [¶8] With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, they see how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds. > Pali: dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti; [¶9] They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. > Pali: āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. [¶10] A mendicant with these eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶11] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶12] AN 8.58 · Worthy of Offerings Dedicated to the Gods (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.58 · Dutiyaāhuneyyasutta [¶13] “A mendicant with eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? [¶14] It’s when a mendicant is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; [¶15] They’re learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s totally full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, reciting them, mentally scrutinizing them, and penetrating them theoretically. > Pali: bahussuto hoti …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; [¶16] They live with energy roused up. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. > Pali: āraddhavīriyo viharati thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; [¶17] They live in the wilderness, in remote lodgings. > Pali: āraññiko hoti pantasenāsano; [¶18] They prevail over desire and discontent, and live having mastered desire and discontent whenever they arose. > Pali: aratiratisaho hoti, uppannaṁ aratiṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; [¶19] They prevail over fear and dread, and live having mastered fear and dread whenever they arose. > Pali: bhayabheravasaho hoti, uppannaṁ bhayabheravaṁ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; [¶20] They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. > Pali: catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; [¶21] They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. > Pali: āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. [¶22] A mendicant with these eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶23] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶24] AN 8.59 · Eight Individuals (1st) > Pali: AN 8.59 · Paṭhamapuggalasutta [¶25] “Mendicants, these eight individuals are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. What eight? The stream-enterer and the one practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry. The once-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of once-return. The non-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of non-return. The perfected one, and the one practicing for perfection. These are the eight individuals who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa? Katame aṭṭha? Sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti. [¶26] Four practicing the path, and four established in the fruit. This is the upright Saṅgha, with wisdom, ethics, and immersion. > Pali: Cattāro ca paṭipannā, cattāro ca phale ṭhitā; Esa saṅgho ujubhūto, paññāsīlasamāhito. [¶27] For humans, those merit-seeking creatures, who sponsor sacrifices, making worldly merit, what is given to the Saṅgha is very fruitful.” > Pali: Yajamānānaṁ manussānaṁ, Puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṁ; Karotaṁ opadhikaṁ puññaṁ, Saṅghe dinnaṁ mahapphalan”ti. [¶28] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶29] AN 8.60 · Eight Individuals (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.60 · Dutiyapuggalasutta [¶30] “Mendicants, these eight individuals are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. What eight? The stream-enterer and the one practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry. The once-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of once-return. The non-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of non-return. The perfected one, and the one practicing for perfection. These are the eight individuals who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katame aṭṭha? Sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno …pe… arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti. [¶31] Four practicing the path, and four established in the fruit. This is the exalted Saṅgha, the eight individuals among sentient beings. > Pali: Cattāro ca paṭipannā, cattāro ca phale ṭhitā; Esa saṅgho samukkaṭṭho, sattānaṁ aṭṭha puggalā. [¶32] For humans, those merit-seeking creatures, who sponsor sacrifices, making worldly merit, what’s given here is very fruitful.” > Pali: Yajamānānaṁ manussānaṁ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṁ; Karotaṁ opadhikaṁ puññaṁ, ettha dinnaṁ mahapphalan”ti. [¶33] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶34] > Pali: Gotamīvaggo paṭhamo. [¶35] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶36] > Pali: Gotamī ovādaṁ saṅkhittaṁ, dīghajāṇu ca ujjayo; Bhayā dve āhuneyyā ca, dve ca aṭṭha puggalāti. ## 13. Earthquakes · AN 8.61–8.69 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/13/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/13/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.61 · Desire > Pali: AN 8.61 · Icchāsutta [¶1] “Mendicants, these eight individuals are found in the world. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. Katame aṭṭha? [¶2] First, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things don’t come to them. And so they sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṁ kandati, sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶3] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things do come to them. And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati pamajjati pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶4] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things don’t come to them. And so they sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato aghaṭato avāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati, kilamati, paridevati, urattāḷiṁ kandati, sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶5] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things do come to them. And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati, pamajjati, pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca madī ca, pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶6] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things don’t come to them. But they don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṁ kandati, na sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶7] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things do come to them. But they don’t become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati, na pamajjati, na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶8] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things don’t come to them. But they don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati, na kilamati, na paridevati, na urattāḷiṁ kandati, na sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶9] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things do come to them. But they don’t become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato aghaṭato avāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati, na pamajjati, na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave: ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶10] These are the eight individuals found in the world.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. [¶11] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶12] AN 8.62 · Good Enough > Pali: AN 8.62 · Alaṁsutta [¶13] “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is good enough for themselves and others. What six? A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker who enunciates well. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these six qualities is good enough for themselves and others. > Pali: “Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano alaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano alaṁ paresaṁ. [¶14] A mendicant with five qualities is good enough for themselves and others. What five? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these five qualities is good enough for themselves and others. > Pali: Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano alaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi pañcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti …pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano alaṁ paresaṁ. [¶15] A mendicant with four qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. What four? A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. But they’re not a good speaker and do not enunciate well. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these four qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. > Pali: Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano nālaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano nālaṁ paresaṁ. [¶16] A mendicant with four qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. What four? A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. But they don’t examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Not understanding the meaning and the teaching, they don’t practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker who enunciates well. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these four qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. > Pali: Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ nālaṁ attano. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; na ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo …pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. [¶17] A mendicant with three qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. What three? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. But they’re not a good speaker and do not enunciate well. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these three qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. > Pali: Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano nālaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. [¶18] A mendicant with three qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. What three? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. But they don’t examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Not understanding the meaning and the teaching, they don’t practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these three qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. > Pali: Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti …pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. [¶19] A mendicant with two qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. What two? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. And they don’t readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. But they examine the meaning of teachings they have memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re not a good speaker. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these two qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. > Pali: Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi dvīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti …pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; no ca sandassako hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. [¶20] A mendicant with two qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. What two? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. And they don’t readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. Nor do they examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Not understanding the meaning and the teaching, they don’t practice in line with the teaching. But they’re a good speaker who enunciates well. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these two qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.” > Pali: Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. Katamehi dvīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano”ti. [¶21] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶22] AN 8.63 · A Teaching in Brief > Pali: AN 8.63 · Saṅkhittasutta [¶23] Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.” > Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti. [¶24] “This is exactly how some futile people ask me for something. But when the teaching has been explained they think only of following me around.” > Pali: “Evamevaṁ panidhekacce moghapurisā mamaññeva ajjhesanti. Dhamme ca bhāsite mamaññeva anubandhitabbaṁ maññantī”ti. [¶25] “Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief! May the Holy One teach me the Dhamma in brief! Hopefully I can understand the meaning of what the Buddha says! Hopefully I can be an heir of the Buddha’s teaching!” > Pali: “Desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ, desetu sugato saṅkhittena dhammaṁ. Appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājāneyyaṁ, appeva nāmāhaṁ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assan”ti. [¶26] “Well then, mendicant, you should train like this: ‘My mind will be steady and well settled internally. And bad, unskillful qualities that have arisen will not occupy my mind.’ That’s how you should train. > Pali: “Tasmātiha te, bhikkhu, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘ajjhattaṁ me cittaṁ ṭhitaṁ bhavissati susaṇṭhitaṁ, na ca uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassantī’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṁ. [¶27] When your mind is steady and well settled internally, and bad, unskillful qualities that have arisen don’t occupy your mind, then you should train like this: ‘I will develop the heart’s release by love. I’ll cultivate it, make it my vehicle and my basis, keep it up, consolidate it, and properly implement it.’ That’s how you should train. > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ajjhattaṁ cittaṁ ṭhitaṁ hoti susaṇṭhitaṁ, na ca uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘mettā me cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṁ. [¶28] When this immersion is developed and cultivated in this way, you should develop it while placing the mind and keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind, merely keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind or keeping it connected. You should develop it with rapture. You should develop it without rapture. You should develop it with pleasure. You should develop it with equanimity. > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti bahulīkato, tato tvaṁ, bhikkhu, imaṁ samādhiṁ savitakkampi savicāraṁ bhāveyyāsi, avitakkampi vicāramattaṁ bhāveyyāsi, avitakkampi avicāraṁ bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi. [¶29] When this immersion is well developed in this way, you should train like this: ‘I will develop the heart’s release by compassion …’ … ‘I will develop the heart’s release by rejoicing …’ … ‘I will develop the heart’s release by equanimity. I’ll cultivate it, make it my vehicle and my basis, keep it up, consolidate it, and properly implement it.’ That’s how you should train. > Pali: Yato kho, te bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘karuṇā me cetovimutti … muditā me cetovimutti … upekkhā me cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṁ. [¶30] When this immersion is well developed in this way, you should develop it while placing the mind and keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind, merely keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind or keeping it connected. You should develop it with rapture. You should develop it without rapture. You should develop it with pleasure. You should develop it with equanimity. > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato tvaṁ, bhikkhu, imaṁ samādhiṁ savitakkasavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkavicāramattampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkaavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi. [¶31] When this immersion is well developed in this way, you should train like this: ‘I’ll meditate observing an aspect of the body—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.’ That’s how you should train. > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘kāye kāyānupassī viharissāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassan’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṁ. [¶32] When this immersion is developed and cultivated in this way, you should develop it while placing the mind and keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind, merely keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind or keeping it connected. You should develop it with rapture. You should develop it without rapture. You should develop it with pleasure. You should develop it with equanimity. > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti bahulīkato, tato tvaṁ, bhikkhu, imaṁ samādhiṁ savitakkasavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkavicāramattampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkaavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi. [¶33] When this immersion is well developed in this way, you should train like this: ‘I’ll meditate on an aspect of feelings …’ … ‘I’ll meditate on an aspect of the mind …’ … ‘I’ll meditate on an aspect of principles—keen, aware, and mindful, rid of covetousness and displeasure for the world.’ That’s how you should train. > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘vedanāsu … citte … dhammesu dhammānupassī viharissāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassan’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṁ. [¶34] When this immersion is developed and cultivated in this way, you should develop it while placing the mind and keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind, merely keeping it connected. You should develop it without placing the mind or keeping it connected. You should develop it with rapture. You should develop it without rapture. You should develop it with pleasure. You should develop it with equanimity. > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti bahulīkato, tato tvaṁ, bhikkhu, imaṁ samādhiṁ savitakkasavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkavicāramattampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkaavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi. [¶35] When this immersion is well developed in this way, wherever you walk, you’ll walk comfortably. Wherever you stand, you’ll stand comfortably. Wherever you sit, you’ll sit comfortably. Wherever you lie down, you’ll lie down comfortably.” > Pali: Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṁ samādhi evaṁ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato tvaṁ, bhikkhu, yena yeneva gagghasi phāsuṁyeva gagghasi, yattha yattha ṭhassasi phāsuṁyeva ṭhassasi, yattha yattha nisīdissasi phāsuṁyeva nisīdissasi, yattha yattha seyyaṁ kappessasi phāsuṁyeva seyyaṁ kappessasī”ti. [¶36] When that mendicant had been given this advice by the Buddha, he rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving. > Pali: Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. [¶37] Then that mendicant, living alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute, soon realized the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. He lived having achieved with his own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. > Pali: Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. [¶38] He understood: “Rebirth is ended; the spiritual journey has been completed; what had to be done has been done; there is nothing further for this place.” And that mendicant became one of the perfected. > Pali: “Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṁ ahosīti. [¶39] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶40] AN 8.64 · At Gayā Head > Pali: AN 8.64 · Gayāsīsasutta [¶41] At one time the Buddha was staying near Gayā on Gayā Head. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati gayāsīse. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi …pe… [¶42] “Mendicants, before my awakening—when I was still not awake but intent on awakening—I perceived light but did not see forms. > Pali: “pubbāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno obhāsaññeva kho sañjānāmi, no ca rūpāni passāmi. [¶43] Then it occurred to me, ‘What if I were to both perceive light and see forms? Then my knowledge and vision would become even more purified.’ > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ; evaṁ me idaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ parisuddhataraṁ assā’ti. [¶44] So after some time, living diligent, keen, and resolute, I perceived light and saw forms. But I didn’t associate with those deities, converse, or engage in discussion. > Pali: So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi; no ca kho tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi. [¶45] Then it occurred to me, ‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion? Then my knowledge and vision would become even more purified.’ > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ; evaṁ me idaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ parisuddhataraṁ assā’ti. [¶46] So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities, conversed, and engaged in discussion. But I didn’t know which orders of gods those deities came from. > Pali: So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi— imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyāti. [¶47] Then it occurred to me, ‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; and find out which orders of gods those deities come from? Then my knowledge and vision would become even more purified.’ > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: “imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā”ti; evaṁ me idaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ parisuddhataraṁ assā’ti. [¶48] So after some time … I perceived light and saw forms. And I associated with those deities … And I found out which orders of gods those deities came from. But I didn’t know what deeds caused those deities to be reborn there after passing away from here. > Pali: So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā’ti …pe… [¶49] So after some time … I found out what deeds caused those deities to be reborn there after passing away from here. But I didn’t know what deeds caused those deities to have such food and such an experience of pleasure and pain. > Pali: tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena evamāhārā evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvediniyo’ti …pe… [¶50] So after some time … I found out what deeds caused those deities to have such food and such an experience of pleasure and pain. But I didn’t know that these deities have a lifespan of such a length. > Pali: tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena evamāhārā evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvediniyo’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā evaṁdīghāyukā evaṁciraṭṭhitikā’ti …pe… [¶51] So after some time … I found out that these deities have a lifespan of such a length. But I didn’t know whether or not I had previously lived together with those deities. > Pali: tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā evaṁdīghāyukā evaṁciraṭṭhitikā’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi yadi vā me imāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbaṁ yadi vā na sannivutthapubbanti. [¶52] Then it occurred to me, ‘What if I were to perceive light and see forms; and associate with those deities, converse, and engage in discussion; and find out which orders of gods those deities come from; and what deeds caused those deities to be reborn there after passing away from here; and what deeds caused those deities to have such food and such an experience of pleasure and pain; and that these deities have a lifespan of such a length; and whether or not I have previously lived together with those deities? Then my knowledge and vision would become even more purified.’ > Pali: Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, etadahosi: ‘sace kho ahaṁ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṁ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṁ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭheyyaṁ sallapeyyaṁ sākacchaṁ samāpajjeyyaṁ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: “imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā”ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: “imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā”ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: “imā devatā evamāhārā evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvediniyo”ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ: “imā devatā evaṁdīghāyukā evaṁciraṭṭhitikā”ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṁ yadi vā me imāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbaṁ yadi vā na sannivutthapubbanti; evaṁ me idaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ parisuddhataraṁ assā’ti. [¶53] So after some time … I found out whether or not I have previously lived together with those deities. > Pali: So kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṁ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā evamāhārā evaṁsukhadukkhappaṭisaṁvediniyo’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi: ‘imā devatā evaṁdīghāyukā evaṁciraṭṭhitikā’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi yadi vā me devatāhi saddhiṁ sannivutthapubbaṁ yadi vā na sannivutthapubbanti. [¶54] As long as my knowledge and vision about the deities was not fully purified in these eight rounds, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, evaṁ aṭṭhaparivaṭṭaṁ adhidevañāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ. [¶55] But when my knowledge and vision about the deities was fully purified in these eight rounds, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. Knowledge and vision arose in me: ‘My freedom is unshakable; this is my last rebirth; now there’ll be no more future lives.’” > Pali: Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, evaṁ aṭṭhaparivaṭṭaṁ adhidevañāṇadassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ; ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi; akuppā me cetovimutti; ayamantimā jāti natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶56] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶57] AN 8.65 · Dimensions of Mastery > Pali: AN 8.65 · Abhibhāyatanasutta [¶58] “Mendicants, there are these eight dimensions of mastery. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? [¶59] Perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limited, both pretty and ugly. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the first dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ paṭhamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶60] Perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the second dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ dutiyaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶61] Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limited, both pretty and ugly. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the third dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ tatiyaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶62] Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the fourth dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ catutthaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶63] Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, blue, with blue color and blue appearance. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the fifth dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ pañcamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶64] Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, yellow, with yellow color and yellow appearance. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the sixth dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ chaṭṭhaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶65] Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, red, with red color and red appearance. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the seventh dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ sattamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶66] Not perceiving form internally, someone sees forms externally, white, with white color and white appearance. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ This is the eighth dimension of mastery. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṁsaññī hoti. Idaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ. [¶67] These are the eight dimensions of mastery.” > Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanānī”ti. [¶68] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶69] AN 8.66 · Liberations > Pali: AN 8.66 · Vimokkhasutta [¶70] “Mendicants, there are these eight liberations. What eight? Having physical form, they see forms. This is the first liberation. > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati. Ayaṁ paṭhamo vimokkho. [¶71] Not perceiving form internally, they see forms externally. This is the second liberation. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī, bahiddhā rūpāni passati. Ayaṁ dutiyo vimokkho. [¶72] They’re focused only on beauty. This is the third liberation. > Pali: Subhanteva adhimutto hoti. Ayaṁ tatiyo vimokkho. [¶73] Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. This is the fourth liberation. > Pali: Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ catuttho vimokkho. [¶74] Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. This is the fifth liberation. > Pali: Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ pañcamo vimokkho. [¶75] Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. This is the sixth liberation. > Pali: Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ chaṭṭho vimokkho. [¶76] Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. This is the seventh liberation. > Pali: Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ sattamo vimokkho. [¶77] Going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. This is the eighth liberation. > Pali: Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. [¶78] These are the eight liberations.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha vimokkhā”ti. [¶79] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶80] AN 8.67 · Ignoble Expressions > Pali: AN 8.67 · Anariyavohārasutta [¶81] “Mendicants, there are these eight ignoble expressions. What eight? Saying you’ve seen, heard, thought, or known something, but you haven’t. And saying you haven’t seen, heard, thought, or known something, but you have. These are the eight ignoble expressions.” > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, anariyavohārā. Katame aṭṭha? Adiṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, asute sutavāditā, amute mutavāditā, aviññāte viññātavāditā, diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, sute asutavāditā, mute amutavāditā, viññāte aviññātavāditā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha anariyavohārā”ti. [¶82] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶83] AN 8.68 · Noble Expressions > Pali: AN 8.68 · Ariyavohārasutta [¶84] “Mendicants, there are these eight noble expressions. What eight? Saying you haven’t seen, heard, thought, or known something, and you haven’t. And saying you’ve seen, heard, thought, or known something, and you have. These are the eight noble expressions.” > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, ariyavohārā. Katame aṭṭha? Adiṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, asute asutavāditā, amute amutavāditā, aviññāte aviññātavāditā, diṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, sute sutavāditā, mute mutavāditā, viññāte viññātavāditā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha ariyavohārā”ti. [¶85] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶86] AN 8.69 · Assemblies > Pali: AN 8.69 · Parisāsutta [¶87] “Mendicants, there are these eight assemblies. What eight? The assemblies of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, and ascetics. An assembly of the gods of the four great kings. An assembly of the gods of the thirty-three. An assembly of Māras. An assembly of divinities. > Pali: “Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā, tāvatiṁsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. [¶88] I recall having approached an assembly of hundreds of aristocrats. There I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. And my appearance and voice became just like theirs. I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk. But when I spoke they didn’t know: ‘Who is this that speaks? Is it a god or a human?’ And when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished. But when I vanished they didn’t know: ‘Who was that who vanished? Was it a god or a human?’ > Pali: Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, anekasataṁ khattiyaparisaṁ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṁ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako mayhaṁ vaṇṇo hoti, yādisako tesaṁ saro hoti tādisako mayhaṁ saro hoti. Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṁ na jānanti: ‘ko nu kho ayaṁ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṁ na jānanti: ‘ko nu kho ayaṁ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti. [¶89] I recall having approached an assembly of hundreds of brahmins … householders … ascetics … the gods of the four great kings … the gods of the thirty-three … Māras … divinities. There too I used to sit with them, converse, and engage in discussion. And my appearance and voice became just like theirs. I educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired them with a Dhamma talk. But when I spoke they didn’t know: ‘Who is this that speaks? Is it a god or a human?’ And when my Dhamma talk was finished I vanished. But when I vanished they didn’t know: ‘Who was that who vanished? Was it a god or a human?’ These are the eight assemblies.” > Pali: Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, anekasataṁ brāhmaṇaparisaṁ …pe… gahapatiparisaṁ … samaṇaparisaṁ … cātumahārājikaparisaṁ … tāvatiṁsaparisaṁ … māraparisaṁ … brahmaparisaṁ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṁ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako mayhaṁ vaṇṇo hoti, yādisako tesaṁ saro hoti tādisako mayhaṁ saro hoti. Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṁ na jānanti: ‘ko nu kho ayaṁ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṁ na jānanti: ‘ko nu kho ayaṁ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha parisā”ti. [¶90] > Pali: Navamaṁ. ## 14. Earthquakes · AN 8.70 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/14/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/14/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.70 · Earthquakes > Pali: AN 8.70 · Bhūmicālasutta [¶1] At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. [¶2] Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. Then, after the meal, on his return from almsround, he addressed Venerable Ānanda, “Ānanda, get your sitting cloth. Let’s go to the Cāpāla Shrine for the day’s meditation.” > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: “gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṁ. Yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā”ti. [¶3] “Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Taking his sitting cloth he followed behind the Buddha. > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. [¶4] Then the Buddha went up to the Cāpāla Shrine, where he sat down on the seat spread out. When he was seated he said to Venerable Ānanda: > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: [¶5] “Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Shrines are all lovely. Whoever has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power—made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them—may, if they wish, live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it. The Realized One has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them. If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.” > Pali: “Ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtakaṁ cetiyaṁ; ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, ākaṅkhamāno so, ānanda, kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā”ti. [¶6] But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign. He didn’t beg the Buddha, “Sir, may the Blessed One please remain for the proper lifespan! May the Holy One please remain for the proper lifespan! That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.” For his mind was as if possessed by Māra. > Pali: Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ; na bhagavantaṁ yāci: “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṁ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. [¶7] For a second time … > Pali: Dutiyampi kho bhagavā …pe… [¶8] And for a third time, the Buddha said to him: > Pali: tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: [¶9] “Ānanda, Vesālī is lovely. And the Udena, Gotamaka, Seven Maidens, Many Sons, Sārandada, and Cāpāla Shrines are all lovely. Whoever has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power—made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them—may, if they wish, live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it. The Realized One has developed and cultivated the four bases of psychic power, made them a vehicle and a basis, kept them up, consolidated them, and properly implemented them. If he wished, the Realized One could live for the proper lifespan or what’s left of it.” > Pali: “ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, ākaṅkhamāno so, ānanda, kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā …pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā”ti. [¶10] But Ānanda didn’t get it, even though the Buddha dropped such an obvious hint, such a clear sign. He didn’t beg the Buddha, “Sir, may the Blessed One please remain for the proper lifespan! May the Holy One please remain for the proper lifespan! That would be for the welfare and happiness of the people, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, and happiness of gods and humans.” For his mind was as if possessed by Māra. > Pali: Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ; na bhagavantaṁ yāci: “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṁ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. [¶11] Then the Buddha said to Venerable Ānanda, “Go now, Ānanda, at your convenience.” > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: “gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṁ maññasī”ti. [¶12] “Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. He rose from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before sitting at the root of a tree close by. > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi. [¶13] And then, not long after Ānanda had left, Māra the Wicked said to the Buddha: > Pali: Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶14] “Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha. > Pali: “Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. [¶15] Sir, you once made this statement: ‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have monk disciples who are competent, educated, assured, learned, have memorized the teachings, and practice in line with the principle of the teaching; not until they practice appropriately, living in line with the teaching; not until they’ve learned their denomination, and explain, teach, assert, establish, clarify, analyze, and reveal; not until they can legitimately and completely refute the doctrines of others that come up, and teach with a demonstrable basis.’ Today you do have such monk disciples. > Pali: Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā: ‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti. Etarahi, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti. [¶16] May the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One now be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha. > Pali: Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. [¶17] Sir, you once made this statement: ‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have nun disciples who are competent, educated, self-assured, learned …’ … > Pali: Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā: ‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti …pe… [¶18] ‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have layman disciples who are competent, educated, self-assured, learned …’ … > Pali: yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti …pe… [¶19] ‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until I have laywoman disciples who are competent, educated, self-assured, learned …’ … Today you do have such laywoman disciples. > Pali: yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti. Etarahi, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti. [¶20] Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha. Sir, you once made this statement: > Pali: Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā: [¶21] ‘Wicked One, I shall not be fully extinguished until my spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and fully revealed among gods and humans.’ Today your spiritual path is successful and prosperous, extensive, popular, widespread, and fully revealed among gods and humans. > Pali: ‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan’ti. Etarahi, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ. [¶22] Sir, may the Blessed One now be fully extinguished! May the Holy One be fully extinguished! Now is the time for the full extinguishment of the Buddha.” > Pali: Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato”ti. [¶23] “Relax, Wicked One. The full extinguishment of the Realized One will be soon. Three months from now the Realized One will be fully extinguished.” > Pali: “Appossukko tvaṁ, pāpima, hohi. Naciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī”ti. [¶24] So at the Cāpāla Shrine the Buddha, mindful and aware, surrendered the life force. When he did so there was a great earthquake, awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky. Then, understanding this matter, on that occasion the Buddha expressed this heartfelt sentiment: > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi: [¶25] “Comparing the incomparable with the creation of prolonged life, the sage surrendered the life force. Happy inside, serene, he shattered self-creation like a suit of armor.” > Pali: “Tulamatulañca sambhavaṁ, Bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni; Ajjhattarato samāhito, Abhindi kavacamivattasambhavan”ti. [¶26] Then Venerable Ānanda thought, “That was a really big earthquake! That was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky! What’s the cause, what’s the reason for a great earthquake?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi: “mahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti? [¶27] Then Venerable Ānanda went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Sir, that was a really big earthquake! That was really a very big earthquake; awe-inspiring and hair-raising, and thunder cracked the sky! What’s the cause, what’s the reason for a great earthquake?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “mahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti? [¶28] “Ānanda, there are these eight causes and reasons for a great earthquake. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? [¶29] This great earth is established on water, the water is established on air, and the air stands in space. At a time when a great wind blows, it stirs the water, and the water stirs the earth. This is the first cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Ayaṁ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā; udakaṁ vāte patiṭṭhitaṁ; vāto ākāsaṭṭho hoti. So, ānanda, samayo yaṁ mahāvātā vāyanti; mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṁ kampenti; udakaṁ kampitaṁ pathaviṁ kampeti. Ayaṁ, ānanda, paṭhamo hetu, paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶30] Furthermore, there is an ascetic or brahmin with psychic power who has achieved mastery of the mind, or a god who is mighty and powerful. They’ve developed a limited perception of earth and a limitless perception of water. They make the earth shake and rock and tremble. This is the second cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto devatā vā mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā. Tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṁ pathaviṁ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṁ, ānanda, dutiyo hetu, dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶31] Furthermore, when the being intent on awakening passes away from the host of joyful gods, he’s conceived in his mother’s womb, mindful and aware. Then the earth shakes and rocks and trembles. This is the third cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitā kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṁ okkamati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, tatiyo hetu, tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶32] Furthermore, when the being intent on awakening comes out of his mother’s womb mindful and aware, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles. This is the fourth cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, catuttho hetu, catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶33] Furthermore, when the Realized One awakens to the supreme perfect awakening, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles. This is the fifth cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, pañcamo hetu, pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶34] Furthermore, when the Realized One rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles. This is the sixth cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, chaṭṭho hetu, chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶35] Furthermore, when the Realized One, mindful and aware, surrenders the life force, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles. This is the seventh cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossajjati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, sattamo hetu, sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶36] Furthermore, when the Realized One becomes fully extinguished in the element of extinguishment with no residue, the earth shakes and rocks and trembles. This is the eighth cause and reason for a great earthquake. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṁ, ānanda, aṭṭhamo hetu, aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. [¶37] These are the eight causes and reasons for a great earthquake.” > Pali: Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti. [¶38] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶39] > Pali: Bhūmicālavaggo dutiyo. [¶40] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶41] > Pali: Icchā alañca saṅkhittaṁ, gayā abhibhunā saha; Vimokkho dve ca vohārā, parisā bhūmicālenāti. ## 15. Pairs · AN 8.71–8.78 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/15/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/15/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.71 · Inspiring All Around (1st) > Pali: AN 8.71 · Paṭhamasaddhāsutta [¶1] “Mendicants, a mendicant is faithful but not ethical. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking: ‘How can I become faithful and ethical?’ When the mendicant is faithful and ethical, they’re complete in that respect. > Pali: “Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ sīlavā cā’ti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti. [¶2] A mendicant is faithful and ethical, but not learned. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking: ‘How can I become faithful, ethical, and learned?’ When the mendicant is faithful, ethical, and learned, they’re complete in that respect. > Pali: Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca bahussuto. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ, sīlavā ca, bahussuto cā’ti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca bahussuto ca, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti. [¶3] A mendicant is faithful, ethical, and learned, but not a Dhamma speaker. … they don’t frequent assemblies … they don’t teach Dhamma to the assembly with assurance … they don’t get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty … they don’t realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking: ‘How can I become faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, one who gets the four absorptions when they want, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements?’ > Pali: Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca bahussuto ca, no ca dhammakathiko …pe… dhammakathiko ca, no ca parisāvacaro …pe… parisāvacaro ca, no ca visārado parisāya dhammaṁ deseti …pe… visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, no ca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī …pe… catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, no ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, catunnañca jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī assaṁ akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. [¶4] When they’re faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, one who gets the four absorptions when they want, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements, they’re complete in that respect. A mendicant who possesses these eight qualities is impressive all around, and is complete in every respect.” > Pali: Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, catunnañca jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samantapāsādiko ca hoti sabbākāraparipūro cā”ti. [¶5] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶6] AN 8.72 · Inspiring All Around (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.72 · Dutiyasaddhāsutta [¶7] “A mendicant is faithful, but not ethical. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking: ‘How can I become faithful and ethical?’ When the mendicant is faithful and ethical, they’re complete in that respect. > Pali: “Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. Evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ sīlavā cā’ti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti. [¶8] A mendicant is faithful and ethical, but not learned. … they’re not a Dhamma speaker … they don’t frequent assemblies … they don’t teach Dhamma to the assembly with assurance … they don’t have direct meditative experience of the peaceful liberations that are formless, transcending form … they don’t realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. So they’re incomplete in that respect, and should fulfill it, thinking: ‘How can I become faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, one who gets the formless liberations, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements?’ > Pali: Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca bahussuto …pe… bahussuto ca, no ca dhammakathiko …pe… dhammakathiko ca, no ca parisāvacaro …pe… parisāvacaro ca, no ca visārado parisāya dhammaṁ deseti …pe… visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti, no ca ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati …pe… ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati, no ca āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṁ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṁ aṅgaṁ paripūretabbaṁ: ‘kintāhaṁ saddho ca assaṁ, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā vihareyyaṁ, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti. [¶9] When they’re faithful, ethical, and learned, a Dhamma speaker, one who frequents assemblies, one who teaches Dhamma to the assembly with assurance, one who gets the formless liberations, and one who lives having realized the ending of defilements, they’re complete in that respect. A mendicant who possesses these eight qualities is impressive all around, and is complete in every respect.” > Pali: Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṁ deseti. Ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te ca kāyena phusitvā viharati, āsavānañca khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṁ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samantapāsādiko ca hoti sabbākāraparipūro cā”ti. [¶10] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶11] AN 8.73 · Mindfulness of Death (1st) > Pali: AN 8.73 · Paṭhamamaraṇassatisutta [¶12] At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, “Mendicants!” > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti. [¶13] “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶14] “Mendicants, when mindfulness of death is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination. But do you develop mindfulness of death?” > Pali: “maraṇassati, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Bhāvetha no tumhe, bhikkhave, maraṇassatin”ti. [¶15] When he said this, one of the mendicants said to the Buddha, “Sir, I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahaṁ kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶16] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶17] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day and night, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶18] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶19] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶20] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live for another day, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶21] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶22] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶23] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live for half a day, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ upaḍḍhadivasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶24] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶25] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶26] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to eat a single almsmeal, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶27] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶28] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶29] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to eat half an almsmeal, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ upaḍḍhapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶30] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶31] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶32] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶33] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶34] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶35] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶36] Another mendicant said to the Buddha, “Sir, I too develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶37] “But mendicant, how do you develop it?” > Pali: “Yathā kathaṁ pana tvaṁ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassatin”ti? [¶38] “In this case, sir, I think: ‘Oh, if I’d only live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out, I’d focus on the Buddha’s instructions and I could really achieve a lot.’ That’s how I develop mindfulness of death.” > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, evaṁ hoti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi, passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Evaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassatin”ti. [¶39] When this was said, the Buddha said to those mendicants: > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca: [¶40] “The mendicants who develop mindfulness of death by wishing to live for a day and night … or to live for a day … or to live for half a day … or to live as long as it takes to eat a meal of almsfood … or to live as long as it takes to eat half a meal of almsfood … or to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow four or five mouthfuls … These are called mendicants who live negligently. They slackly develop mindfulness of death for the ending of defilements. > Pali: “yvāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ rattindivaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ divasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti; yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ upaḍḍhadivasaṁ jīveyyaṁ, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti; yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ upaḍḍhapiṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti— ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhū pamattā viharanti, dandhaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāventi āsavānaṁ khayāya’. [¶41] But the mendicants who develop mindfulness of death by wishing to live as long as it takes to chew and swallow a single mouthful … or to live as long as it takes to breathe out after breathing in, or to breathe in after breathing out … These are called mendicants who live diligently. They keenly develop mindfulness of death for the ending of defilements. > Pali: Yo ca khvāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ ekaṁ ālopaṁ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāveti: ‘aho vatāhaṁ tadantaraṁ jīveyyaṁ yadantaraṁ assasitvā vā passasāmi, passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṁ manasi kareyyaṁ, bahu vata me kataṁ assā’ti— ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhū appamattā viharanti, tikkhaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāventi āsavānaṁ khayāya’. [¶42] So you should train like this: ‘We will live diligently. We will keenly develop mindfulness of death for the ending of defilements.’ That’s how you should train.” > Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘appamattā viharissāma, tikkhaṁ maraṇassatiṁ bhāvayissāma āsavānaṁ khayāyā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. [¶43] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶44] AN 8.74 · Mindfulness of Death (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.74 · Dutiyamaraṇassatisutta [¶45] At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, when mindfulness of death is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi …pe… maraṇassati, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. [¶46] And how is mindfulness of death developed and cultivated to be very fruitful and beneficial, with freedom from death as its objective and culmination? As day passes by and night draws close, a mendicant reflects: ‘I might die of many causes. A snake might bite me, or a scorpion or centipede might sting me. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress. Or I might stumble off a cliff, or get food poisoning, or suffer a disturbance of bile, phlegm, or piercing winds. Or I might be attacked by humans or non-humans. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress.’ That mendicant should reflect: ‘Are there any bad, unskillful qualities that I haven’t given up, which might be an obstacle to my progress if I die tonight?’ > Pali: Kathaṁ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, maraṇassati kathaṁ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa— ahi vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, vicchiko vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, satapadī vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa antarāyo. Upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṁ, bhattaṁ vā me bhuttaṁ byāpajjeyya, pittaṁ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṁ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṁ, manussā vā maṁ upakkameyyuṁ, amanussā vā maṁ upakkameyyuṁ; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa antarāyo’ti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṁ: ‘atthi nu kho me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu rattiṁ kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti. [¶47] Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are such bad, unskillful qualities. Then in order to give them up they should apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. > Pali: Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘atthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu rattiṁ kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ. [¶48] Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. In the same way, in order to give up those bad, unskillful qualities, that mendicant should apply extraordinary enthusiasm … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tena bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ. [¶49] But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are no such bad, unskillful qualities. Then that mendicant should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities. > Pali: Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘natthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu rattiṁ kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu. [¶50] Or else, as night passes by and day draws close, a mendicant reflects: ‘I might die of many causes. A snake might bite me, or a scorpion or centipede might sting me. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress. Or I might stumble off a cliff, or get food poisoning, or suffer a disturbance of bile, phlegm, or piercing winds. Or I might be attacked by humans or non-humans. And if I died from that it would be an obstacle to my progress.’ That mendicant should reflect: ‘Are there any bad, unskillful qualities that I haven’t given up, which might be an obstacle to my progress if I die today?’ > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rattiyā nikkhantāya divase patihite iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa— ahi vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, vicchiko vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya, satapadī vā maṁ ḍaṁseyya; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa antarāyo. Upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṁ, bhattaṁ vā me bhuttaṁ byāpajjeyya, pittaṁ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṁ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṁ, manussā vā maṁ upakkameyyuṁ, amanussā vā maṁ upakkameyyuṁ; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa antarāyo’ti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṁ: ‘atthi nu kho me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu divā kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti. [¶51] Suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are such bad, unskillful qualities. Then in order to give them up they should apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. > Pali: Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘atthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu divā kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ. [¶52] Suppose your clothes or head were on fire. In order to extinguish it, you’d apply extraordinary enthusiasm, effort, zeal, vigor, perseverance, mindfulness, and situational awareness. In the same way, in order to give up those bad, unskillful qualities, that mendicant should apply extraordinary enthusiasm … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṁ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tena bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṁ. [¶53] But suppose that, upon checking, a mendicant knows that there are no such bad, unskillful qualities. Then that mendicant should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities. Mindfulness of death, when developed and cultivated in this way, is very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.” > Pali: Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti: ‘natthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu divā kālaṁ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu. Evaṁ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave, maraṇassati evaṁ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti. [¶54] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶55] AN 8.75 · Accomplishments (1st) > Pali: AN 8.75 · Paṭhamasampadāsutta [¶56] “Mendicants, there are these eight accomplishments. What eight? Accomplishment in initiative, protection, good friendship, and balanced finances. And accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. These are the eight accomplishments. > Pali: “Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā aṭṭha? Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā, saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā— imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha sampadāti. [¶57] They’re enterprising in the workplace, diligent in managing things, they balance their finances, and preserve their wealth. > Pali: Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā; Samaṁ kappeti jīvikaṁ, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶58] Faithful, accomplished in ethics, bountiful, rid of stinginess, they always purify the path to well-being in lives to come. > Pali: Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo; Niccaṁ maggaṁ visodheti, sotthānaṁ samparāyikaṁ. [¶59] And so these eight qualities of a faithful householder of discernment are declared by the one who is truly named to lead to happiness in both spheres, > Pali: Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino; Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā. [¶60] welfare and benefit in this life, and happiness in lives to come. This is how, for a householder, merit grows by generosity.” > Pali: Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca; Evametaṁ gahaṭṭhānaṁ, cāgo puññaṁ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. [¶61] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶62] AN 8.76 · Accomplishments (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.76 · Dutiyasampadāsutta [¶63] “Mendicants, there are these eight accomplishments. What eight? Accomplishment in initiative, protection, good friendship, and balanced finances. And accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. > Pali: “Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā aṭṭha? Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā, saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā. [¶64] And what is accomplishment in initiative? It’s when a gentleman earns a living by means such as farming, trade, raising cattle, archery, government service, or one of the professions. He understands how to go about these things in order to complete and organize the work. This is called accomplishment in initiative. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, uṭṭhānasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yena kammaṭṭhānena jīvitaṁ kappeti— yadi kasiyā yadi vaṇijjāya yadi gorakkhena yadi issattena yadi rājaporisena yadi sippaññatarena— tattha dakkho hoti analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ alaṁ saṁvidhātunti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, uṭṭhānasampadā. [¶65] And what is accomplishment in protection? It’s when a gentleman owns legitimate wealth that he has earned by his own efforts and initiative, built up with his own hands, gathered by the sweat of the brow. He ensures it is guarded and protected, thinking: ‘How can I prevent my wealth from being taken by rulers or bandits, consumed by fire, swept away by flood, or taken by unloved heirs?’ This is called accomplishment in protection. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ārakkhasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa bhogā honti uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sedāvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā te ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti: ‘kinti me bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṁ, na corā hareyyuṁ, na aggi ḍaheyya, na udakaṁ vaheyya, na appiyā dāyādā hareyyun’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ārakkhasampadā. [¶66] And what is accomplishment in good friendship? It’s when a gentleman resides in a town or village. And in that place there are householders or their children who may be young or old, but are mature in conduct, accomplished in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. He associates with them, converses and engages in discussion. And he emulates the same kind of accomplishment in faith, ethics, generosity, and wisdom. This is called accomplishment in good friendship. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yasmiṁ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino saddhāsampannā sīlasampannā cāgasampannā paññāsampannā, tehi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṁ saddhāsampannānaṁ saddhāsampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ sīlasampannānaṁ sīlasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ cāgasampannānaṁ cāgasampadaṁ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṁ paññāsampannānaṁ paññāsampadaṁ anusikkhati. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā. [¶67] And what is accomplishment in balanced finances? It’s when a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ It’s like an appraiser or their apprentice who, holding up the scales, knows that it’s low by this much or high by this much. In the same way, a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, balances his finances, being neither too extravagant nor too frugal. He thinks, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ If a gentleman has little income but an opulent life, there’ll be some who say: ‘This gentleman eats their wealth like a fig-eater!’ If a gentleman has a large income but a spartan life, there’ll be some who say: ‘This gentleman is starving themselves to death!’ But a gentleman, knowing his income and expenditure, leads a balanced life, neither too extravagant nor too frugal, thinking, ‘In this way my income will exceed my expenditure, not the reverse.’ This is called accomplishment in balanced finances. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samajīvitā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, tulādhāro vā tulādhārantevāsī vā tulaṁ paggahetvā jānāti: ‘ettakena vā onataṁ, ettakena vā unnatan’ti; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Sacāyaṁ, bhikkhave, kulaputto appāyo samāno uḷāraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro ‘udumbarakhādī vāyaṁ kulaputto bhoge khādatī’ti. Sace panāyaṁ, bhikkhave, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro: ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṁ vāyaṁ kulaputto marissatī’ti. Yato ca khoyaṁ, bhikkhave, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṁ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṁ viditvā samaṁ jīvikaṁ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṁ nātihīnaṁ: ‘evaṁ me āyo vayaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, samajīvitā. [¶68] And what is accomplishment in faith? It’s when a gentleman has faith in the Realized One’s awakening: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha … teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ This is called accomplishment in faith. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, saddhāsampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ: ‘itipi so bhagavā …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhāsampadā. [¶69] And what is accomplishment in ethics? It’s when a gentleman doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. This is called accomplishment in ethics. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā. [¶70] And what is accomplishment in generosity? It’s when a gentleman lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. This is called accomplishment in generosity. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, cāgasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati …pe… yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, cāgasampadā. [¶71] And what is accomplishment in wisdom? It’s when a gentleman is wise. He has the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. This is called accomplishment in wisdom. > Pali: Katamā ca, bhikkhave, paññāsampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto paññavā hoti …pe… sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññāsampadā. [¶72] These are the eight accomplishments. > Pali: Imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha sampadāti. [¶73] They’re enterprising in the workplace, diligent in managing things, they balance their finances, and preserve their wealth. > Pali: Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā; Samaṁ kappeti jīvikaṁ, sambhataṁ anurakkhati. [¶74] Faithful, accomplished in ethics, bountiful, rid of stinginess, they always purify the path to well-being in lives to come. > Pali: Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo; Niccaṁ maggaṁ visodheti, sotthānaṁ samparāyikaṁ. [¶75] And so these eight qualities of a faithful householder of discernment are declared by the one who is truly named to lead to happiness in both spheres, > Pali: Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino; Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā. [¶76] welfare and benefit in this life, and happiness in lives to come. This is how, for a householder, merit grows by generosity.” > Pali: Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca; Evametaṁ gahaṭṭhānaṁ, cāgo puññaṁ pavaḍḍhatī”ti. [¶77] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶78] AN 8.77 · Desires > Pali: AN 8.77 · Icchāsutta [¶79] There Sāriputta addressed the mendicants: “Reverends, mendicants!” > Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi: “āvuso bhikkhavo”ti. [¶80] “Reverend,” they replied. Sāriputta said this: > Pali: “Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṁ. Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca: [¶81] “Reverends, these eight individuals are found in the world. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, āvuso, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. Katame aṭṭha? [¶82] First, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things don’t come to them. And so they sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato, ghaṭato, vāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṁ kandati, sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶83] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things do come to them. And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati pamajjati pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶84] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things don’t come to them. And so they sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they sorrow and lament. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṁ kandati, sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶85] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things do come to them. And so they become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they become intoxicated and negligent. They’ve fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati pamajjati pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’. [¶86] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things don’t come to them. But they don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato, ghaṭato, vāyamato lābhāya, lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṁ kandati, na sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶87] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things do come to them. But they don’t become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato, ghaṭato, vāyamato lābhāya, lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati na pamajjati na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶88] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And material things don’t come to them. But they don’t sorrow and wail and lament, beating their breast and falling into confusion because they don’t get those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they do not acquire material things, they don’t sorrow and lament. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya, lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṁ kandati, na sammohaṁ āpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶89] Next, when a mendicant stays secluded, living independently, a desire arises for material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. But material things do come to them. But they don’t become indulgent and fall into negligence regarding those material things. This is called a mendicant who lives desiring material things. They don’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get them. And when they acquire material things, they don’t become intoxicated and negligent. They haven’t fallen from the true teaching. > Pali: Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya, lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati na pamajjati na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṁ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. [¶90] These eight individuals are found in the world.” > Pali: Ime kho, āvuso, aṭṭha puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. [¶91] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶92] AN 8.78 · Good Enough > Pali: AN 8.78 · Alaṁsutta [¶93] There Sāriputta addressed the mendicants: “Reverends, a mendicant with six qualities is good enough for themselves and others. What six? A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker who enunciates well. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these six qualities is good enough for themselves and others. > Pali: Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi …pe… chahāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi chahi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ. [¶94] A mendicant with five qualities is good enough for themselves and others. What five? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these five qualities is good enough for themselves and others. > Pali: Pañcahāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi pañcahi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti …pe… sandassako ca hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, alaṁ paresaṁ. [¶95] A mendicant with four qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. What four? A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re not a good speaker. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these four qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. > Pali: Catūhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi catūhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti …pe… no ca sandassako hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. [¶96] A mendicant with four qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. What four? A mendicant is quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. But they don’t examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Not understanding the meaning and the teaching, they don’t practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these four qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. > Pali: Catūhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. Katamehi catūhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti …pe… sandassako ca hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. [¶97] A mendicant with three qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. What three? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re not a good speaker. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these three qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. > Pali: Tīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi tīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti …pe… no ca sandassako hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. [¶98] A mendicant with three qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. What three? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. They readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. But they don’t examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Not understanding the meaning and the teaching, they don’t practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these three qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. > Pali: Tīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. Katamehi tīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti …pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā, sandassako ca hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. [¶99] A mendicant with two qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. What two? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. And they don’t readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. They examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Understanding the meaning and the teaching, they practice in line with the teaching. They’re not a good speaker. Their voice isn’t polished, clear, articulate, and doesn’t express the meaning. They don’t educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these two qualities is good enough for themselves but not for others. > Pali: Dvīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. Katamehi dvīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti …pe… no ca sandassako hoti …pe… sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ attano, nālaṁ paresaṁ. [¶100] A mendicant with two qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves. What two? A mendicant is not quick-witted when it comes to skillful teachings. And they don’t readily memorize the teachings they’ve heard. Nor do they examine the meaning of teachings they’ve memorized. Not understanding the meaning and the teaching, they don’t practice in line with the teaching. They’re a good speaker who enunciates well. Their voice is polished, clear, articulate, and expresses the meaning. They educate, encourage, fire up, and inspire their spiritual companions. A mendicant with these two qualities is good enough for others but not for themselves.” > Pali: Dvīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano. Katamehi dvīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṁ dhammānaṁ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṁsako sabrahmacārīnaṁ. Imehi kho, āvuso, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṁ paresaṁ, nālaṁ attano”ti. [¶101] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. ## 16. Pairs · AN 8.79–8.80 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/16/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/16/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.79 · Decline > Pali: AN 8.79 · Parihānasutta [¶1] “These eight things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What eight? They relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They don’t guard the sense doors and they eat too much. They relish closeness and proliferation. These eight things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. > Pali: “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattaññutā, saṁsaggārāmatā, papañcārāmatā— ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. [¶2] These eight things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What eight? They don’t relish work, talk, sleep and company. They guard the sense doors, and they don’t eat too much. They don’t relish closeness and proliferation. These eight things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee.” > Pali: Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, asaṁsaggārāmatā, nippapañcārāmatā— ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti. [¶3] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶4] AN 8.80 · Grounds for Laziness and Arousing Energy > Pali: AN 8.80 · Kusītārambhavatthusutta [¶5] “Mendicants, there are eight grounds for laziness. What eight? > Pali: “Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, kusītavatthūni. Katamāni aṭṭha? [¶6] Firstly, a mendicant has some work to do. They think: ‘I have some work to do. But while doing it my body will get tired. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. This is the first ground for laziness. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kattabbaṁ hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘kammaṁ kho me kattabbaṁ bhavissati. Kammaṁ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilamissati. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ kusītavatthu. [¶7] Furthermore, a mendicant has done some work. They think: ‘I’ve done some work. But while working my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. This is the second ground for laziness. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kataṁ hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ. Kammaṁ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilanto. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ kusītavatthu. [¶8] Furthermore, a mendicant has to go on a journey. They think: ‘I have to go on a journey. But while walking my body will get tired. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. This is the third ground for laziness. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘maggo me gantabbo bhavissati. Maggaṁ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilamissati. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṁ kusītavatthu. [¶9] Furthermore, a mendicant has gone on a journey. They think: ‘I’ve gone on a journey. But while walking my body got tired. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. This is the fourth ground for laziness. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ. Maggaṁ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, catutthaṁ kusītavatthu. [¶10] Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, but they didn’t get to fill up on as much food as they like, coarse or fine. They think: ‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, coarse or fine. My body is tired and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for achieving the unachieved, attaining the unattained, and realizing the unrealized. This is the fifth ground for laziness. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṁ kusītavatthu. [¶11] Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, and they got to fill up on as much food as they like, coarse or fine. They think: ‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, coarse or fine. My body is heavy, unfit for work, like I’ve just eaten a load of beans. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for achieving the unachieved, attaining the unattained, and realizing the unrealized. This is the sixth ground for laziness. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño māsācitaṁ maññe. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭhaṁ kusītavatthu. [¶12] Furthermore, a mendicant feels a little sick. They think: ‘I feel a little sick. Lying down would be good for me. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for achieving the unachieved, attaining the unattained, and realizing the unrealized. This is the seventh ground for laziness. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘uppanno kho me ayaṁ appamattako ābādho atthi kappo nipajjituṁ. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamaṁ kusītavatthu. [¶13] Furthermore, a mendicant has recently recovered from illness. They think: ‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. My body is weak and unfit for work. I’d better have a lie down.’ They lie down, and don’t rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. This is the eighth ground for laziness. These are the eight grounds for laziness. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa me kāyo dubbalo akammañño. Handāhaṁ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṁ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamaṁ kusītavatthu. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha kusītavatthūni. [¶14] There are eight grounds for arousing energy. What eight? Firstly, a mendicant has some work to do. They think: ‘I have some work to do. While working it’s not easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.’ They rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. This is the first ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, ārambhavatthūni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kattabbaṁ hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘kammaṁ kho me kattabbaṁ bhavissati. Kammaṁ kho mayā karontena na sukaraṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. Handāhaṁ paṭikacceva vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṁ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶15] Furthermore, a mendicant has done some work. They think: ‘I’ve done some work. While I was working I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.’ They rouse up energy … This is the second ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṁ kataṁ hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho kammaṁ akāsiṁ. Kammaṁ kho panāhaṁ karonto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṁ ārabhati. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶16] Furthermore, a mendicant has to go on a journey. They think: ‘I have to go on a journey. While walking it’s not easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ … This is the third ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti— maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati. Maggaṁ kho pana me gacchantena na sukaraṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶17] Furthermore, a mendicant has gone on a journey. They think: ‘I’ve gone on a journey. While I was walking I wasn’t able to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ … This is the fourth ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṁ hoti— ahaṁ kho maggaṁ agamāsiṁ. Maggaṁ kho panāhaṁ gacchanto nāsakkhiṁ buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, catutthaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶18] Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, but they didn’t get to fill up on as much food as they like, coarse or fine. They think: ‘I’ve wandered for alms, but I didn’t get to fill up on as much food as I like, rough or fine. My body is light and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ … This is the fifth ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa evaṁ hoti— ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶19] Furthermore, a mendicant has wandered for alms, and they got to fill up on as much food as they like, coarse or fine. They think: ‘I’ve wandered for alms, and I got to fill up on as much food as I like, coarse or fine. My body is strong and fit for work. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ … This is the sixth ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa evaṁ hoti— ahaṁ kho gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṁ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ. Tassa me kāyo balavā kammañño. Handāhaṁ vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭhaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶20] Furthermore, a mendicant feels a little sick. They think: ‘I feel a little sick. It’s possible this illness will worsen. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy …’ … This is the seventh ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho. Tassa evaṁ hoti— uppanno kho me ayaṁ appamattako ābādho. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ābādho pavaḍḍheyya. Handāhaṁ paṭikacceva vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi …pe… idaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶21] Furthermore, a mendicant has recently recovered from illness. They think: ‘I’ve recently recovered from illness. It’s possible the illness will come back. I’d better preemptively rouse up energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.’ They rouse energy for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized. This is the eighth ground for arousing energy. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘ahaṁ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya. Handāhaṁ paṭikacceva vīriyaṁ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṁ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṁ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamaṁ ārambhavatthu. [¶22] These are the eight grounds for arousing energy.” > Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha ārambhavatthūnī”ti. [¶23] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶24] > Pali: Yamakavaggo tatiyo. [¶25] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶26] > Pali: Dve saddhā dve maraṇassatī, dve sampadā athāpare; Icchā alaṁ parihānaṁ, kusītārambhavatthūnīti. ## 17. Mindfulness · AN 8.81–8.89 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/17/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/17/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.81 · Mindfulness and Situational Awareness > Pali: AN 8.81 · Satisampajaññasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, when there is no mindfulness and situational awareness, one who lacks mindfulness and situational awareness has destroyed a vital condition for conscience and prudence. When there is no conscience and prudence, one who lacks conscience and prudence has destroyed a vital condition for sense restraint. When there is no sense restraint, one who lacks sense restraint has destroyed a vital condition for ethical conduct. When there is no ethical conduct, one who lacks ethics has destroyed a vital condition for right immersion. When there is no right immersion, one who lacks right immersion has destroyed a vital condition for true knowledge and vision. When there is no true knowledge and vision, one who lacks true knowledge and vision has destroyed a vital condition for disillusionment and dispassion. When there is no disillusionment and dispassion, one who lacks disillusionment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom. > Pali: “Satisampajaññe, bhikkhave, asati satisampajaññavipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti hirottappaṁ. Hirottappe asati hirottappavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti indriyasaṁvaro. Indriyasaṁvare asati indriyasaṁvaravipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti sīlaṁ. Sīle asati sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi. Sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṁ. Yathābhūtañāṇadassane asati yathābhūtañāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo. Nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ. [¶2] Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi na pāripūriṁ gacchati. [¶3] In the same way, when there is no mindfulness and situational awareness, one who lacks mindfulness and situational awareness has destroyed a vital condition for conscience and prudence. When there is no conscience and prudence … One who lacks disillusionment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, satisampajaññe asati satisampajaññavipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti hirottappaṁ; hirottappe asati hirottappavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ. [¶4] When there is mindfulness and situational awareness, one who has fulfilled mindfulness and situational awareness has fulfilled a vital condition for conscience and prudence. When there is conscience and prudence, one who has fulfilled conscience and prudence has fulfilled a vital condition for sense restraint. When there is sense restraint, one who has fulfilled sense restraint has fulfilled a vital condition for ethical conduct. When there is ethical conduct, one who has fulfilled ethical conduct has fulfilled a vital condition for right immersion. When there is right immersion, one who has fulfilled right immersion has fulfilled a vital condition for true knowledge and vision. When there is true knowledge and vision, one who has fulfilled true knowledge and vision has fulfilled a vital condition for disillusionment and dispassion. When there is disillusionment and dispassion, one who has fulfilled disillusionment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom. > Pali: Satisampajaññe, bhikkhave, sati satisampajaññasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti hirottappaṁ. Hirottappe sati hirottappasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti indriyasaṁvaro. Indriyasaṁvare sati indriyasaṁvarasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti sīlaṁ. Sīle sati sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi. Sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṁ. Yathābhūtañāṇadassane sati yathābhūtañāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo. Nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ. [¶5] Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would grow to fullness. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi … pheggupi … sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati. [¶6] In the same way, when there is mindfulness and situational awareness, one who has fulfilled mindfulness and situational awareness has fulfilled a vital condition for conscience and prudence. When there is conscience and prudence … One who has fulfilled disillusionment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.” > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, satisampajaññe sati satisampajaññasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti hirottappaṁ; hirottappe sati hirottappasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanan”ti. [¶7] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶8] AN 8.82 · With Puṇṇiya > Pali: AN 8.82 · Puṇṇiyasutta [¶9] Then Venerable Puṇṇiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶10] “Sir, what is the cause, what is the reason why sometimes the Realized One feels inspired to teach, and other times not?” > Pali: “ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena appekadā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti, appekadā na paṭibhātī”ti? [¶11] “Puṇṇiya, when a mendicant has faith but doesn’t approach, the Realized One doesn’t feel inspired to teach. But when a mendicant has faith and approaches, the Realized One feels inspired to teach. When a mendicant has faith and approaches, but doesn’t pay homage … they pay homage, but don’t ask questions … they ask questions, but don’t actively listen to the teaching … they actively listen to the teaching, but don’t remember the teaching they’ve heard … they remember the teaching they’ve heard, but don’t examine the meaning of the teachings they’ve remembered … they examine the meaning of the teachings they’ve remembered, but, not having understood the meaning and the teaching, they don’t practice in line with the principle of the teaching. The Realized One doesn’t feel inspired to teach. > Pali: “Saddho ca, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu hoti, no cupasaṅkamitā; neva tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti. Yato ca kho, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, upasaṅkamitā ca; evaṁ tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti. Saddho ca, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu hoti, upasaṅkamitā ca, no ca payirupāsitā …pe… payirupāsitā ca, no ca paripucchitā … paripucchitā ca, no ca ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti … ohitasoto ca dhammaṁ suṇāti, no ca sutvā dhammaṁ dhāreti … sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhāreti, no ca dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati … dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti. Neva tāva tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti. [¶12] But when a mendicant has faith, approaches, pays homage, asks questions, actively listens to the teachings, remembers the teachings, examines the meaning, and practices in line with the principle of the teaching, the Realized One feels inspired to teach. When someone possesses these eight qualities, the Realized One feels totally inspired to teach.” > Pali: Yato ca kho, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, upasaṅkamitā ca, payirupāsitā ca, paripucchitā ca, ohitasoto ca dhammaṁ suṇāti, sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhāreti, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; evaṁ tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti. Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatā ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṁ dhammadesanā hotī”ti. [¶13] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶14] AN 8.83 · Rooted > Pali: AN 8.83 · Mūlakasutta [¶15] “Mendicants, if wanderers of other religions were to ask: ‘Reverends, all things have what as their root? What produces them? What is their origin? What is their meeting place? What is their chief? What is their ruler? What is their overseer? What is their core?’ How would you answer them?” > Pali: “Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṁ puccheyyuṁ: ‘kiṁmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṁsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁadhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṁuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsārā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti? [¶16] “Our teachings are rooted in the Buddha. He is our guide and our refuge. Sir, may the Buddha himself please clarify the meaning of this. The mendicants will listen and remember it.” > Pali: “Bhagavaṁmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṁnettikā bhagavaṁpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavantaṁyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. [¶17] “Well then, mendicants, I will teach it. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Tena hi, bhikkhave, desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶18] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶19] “Mendicants, if wanderers of other religions were to ask: ‘Reverends, all things have what as their root? What produces them? What is their origin? What is their meeting place? What is their chief? What is their ruler? What is their overseer? What is their core?’ You should answer them: ‘Reverends, all things are rooted in desire. They are produced by application of mind. Contact is their origin. Feeling is their meeting place. Immersion is their chief. Mindfulness is their ruler. Wisdom is their overseer. Freedom is their core.’ When questioned by wanderers of other religions, that’s how you should answer them.” > Pali: “sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṁ puccheyyuṁ: ‘kiṁmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṁsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṁpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṁadhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṁuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṁsārā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyātha: ‘chandamūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, manasikārasambhavā sabbe dhammā, phassasamudayā sabbe dhammā, vedanāsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, samādhippamukhā sabbe dhammā, satādhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, paññuttarā sabbe dhammā, vimuttisārā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṁ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākareyyāthā”ti. [¶20] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶21] AN 8.84 · A Master Thief > Pali: AN 8.84 · Corasutta [¶22] “Mendicants, a master thief with eight factors is soon executed, and doesn’t have long to live. What eight? He attacks unprovoked. He steals everything without exception. He kills a woman. He rapes a girl. He robs a monk. He robs the royal treasury. He works close to home. He’s not skilled at hiding his booty. A master thief with these eight factors is soon executed, and doesn’t have long to live. > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro khippaṁ pariyāpajjati, na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Appaharantassa paharati, anavasesaṁ ādiyati, itthiṁ hanati, kumāriṁ dūseti, pabbajitaṁ vilumpati, rājakosaṁ vilumpati, accāsanne kammaṁ karoti, na ca nidhānakusalo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro khippaṁ pariyāpajjati, na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. [¶23] A master thief with eight factors is not soon executed, and lives long. What eight? He doesn’t attack unprovoked. He doesn’t steal everything without exception. He doesn’t kill a woman. He doesn’t rape a girl. He doesn’t rob a monk. He doesn’t rob the royal treasury. He doesn’t work close to home. He’s skilled at hiding his booty. A master thief with these eight factors is not soon executed, and lives long.” > Pali: Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro na khippaṁ pariyāpajjati, ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na appaharantassa paharati, na anavasesaṁ ādiyati, na itthiṁ hanati, na kumāriṁ dūseti, na pabbajitaṁ vilumpati, na rājakosaṁ vilumpati, na accāsanne kammaṁ karoti, nidhānakusalo ca hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro na khippaṁ pariyāpajjati, ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti. [¶24] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶25] AN 8.85 · Terms for the Realized One > Pali: AN 8.85 · Samaṇasutta [¶26] “‘Ascetic’ is a term for the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. ‘Brahmin’, ‘Knowledge Master’, ‘Healer’, ‘Unstained’, ‘Immaculate’, ‘Knower’, and ‘Freed’ are terms for the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. > Pali: “‘Samaṇo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Brāhmaṇo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Vedagū’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Bhisakko’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Nimmalo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Vimalo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Ñāṇī’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Vimutto’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ arahato sammāsambuddhassāti. [¶27] The supreme should be attained by an ascetic, a brahmin who has lived the life; it should be attained by a knowledge master, a healer. > Pali: Yaṁ samaṇena pattabbaṁ, brāhmaṇena vusīmatā; Yaṁ vedagunā pattabbaṁ, bhisakkena anuttaraṁ. [¶28] The supreme should be attained by the unstained, stainless and pure; it should be attained by a knower, who is free. > Pali: Yaṁ nimmalena pattabbaṁ, vimalena sucīmatā; Yaṁ ñāṇinā ca pattabbaṁ, vimuttena anuttaraṁ. [¶29] I am victorious in battle! Released, I release others from their chains. I am a giant completely tamed, an adept, I am quenched.” > Pali: Sohaṁ vijitasaṅgāmo, mutto mocemi bandhanā; Nāgomhi paramadanto, asekho parinibbuto”ti. [¶30] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶31] AN 8.86 · With Nāgita > Pali: AN 8.86 · Yasasutta [¶32] At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Icchānaṅgala. He stayed in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. The brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala heard: > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena icchānaṅgalaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Assosuṁ kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā: [¶33] “It seems the ascetic Gotama—a Sakyan, gone forth from a Sakyan family—has arrived at Icchānaṅgala. He is staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. He has this good reputation: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ … It’s good to see such perfected ones.” > Pali: “samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṁ anuppatto icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Taṁ kho pana bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṁ arahataṁ dassanaṁ hotī’”ti. [¶34] Then, when the night had passed, they took abundant fresh and cooked foods and went to the forest near Icchānaṅgala, where they stood outside the gates making a colossal racket. > Pali: Atha kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tassā rattiyā accayena pahutaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya yena icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhaṁsu uccāsaddā mahāsaddā. [¶35] Now, at that time Venerable Nāgita was the Buddha’s attendant. Then the Buddha said to Nāgita, “Nāgita, who’s making that colossal racket? You’d think it was fishermen hauling in a catch!” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ nāgitaṁ āmantesi: “ke pana te, nāgita, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope”ti? [¶36] “Sir, it’s these brahmins and householders of Icchānaṅgala. They’ve brought abundant fresh and cooked foods, and they’re standing outside the gates wanting to offer it specially to the Buddha and the mendicant Saṅgha.” > Pali: “Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahutaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantaṁyeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghañcā”ti. [¶37] “Nāgita, may I never become famous. May fame not come to me. There are those who can’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.” > Pali: “Māhaṁ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṁ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti. [¶38] “Sir, may the Blessed One please relent now! May the Holy One relent! Now is the time for the Buddha to relent. Wherever the Buddha now goes, the brahmins and householders, and people of town and country will incline the same way. It’s like when the heavens rain heavily and the water flows downhill. In the same way, wherever the Buddha now goes, the brahmins and householders, and people of town and country will incline the same way. Why is that? Because of the Buddha’s ethics and wisdom.” > Pali: “Adhivāsetu dāni, bhante, bhagavā. Adhivāsetu sugato. Adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Yena yeneva dāni, bhante, bhagavā gamissati tanninnāva bhavissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Seyyathāpi, bhante, thullaphusitake deve vassante yathāninnaṁ udakāni pavattanti; evamevaṁ kho, bhante, yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati tanninnāva bhavissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapaññāṇan”ti. [¶39] “Nāgita, may I never become famous. May fame not come to me. There are those who can’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity. > Pali: “Māhaṁ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṁ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyya. [¶40] Even some of the deities can’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. When you all come together to enjoy each other’s company, I think: ‘These venerables mustn’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. That must be because they come together to enjoy each other’s company.’ > Pali: devatāpi kho, nāgita, ekaccā nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhiniyo assu akicchalābhiniyo akasiralābhiniyo, yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tumhākampi kho, nāgita, saṅgamma samāgamma saṅgaṇikavihāraṁ anuyuttānaṁ viharataṁ evaṁ hoti: ‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tathā hi paname āyasmanto saṅgamma samāgamma saṅgaṇikavihāraṁ anuyuttā viharanti’. [¶41] Take mendicants I see poking each other with their fingers, giggling and playing together. I think to myself: ‘These venerables mustn’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. That must be because they’re poking each other with their fingers, giggling and playing together.’ > Pali: Idhāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhū passāmi aññamaññaṁ aṅgulipatodakena sañjagghante saṅkīḷante. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tathā hi paname āyasmanto aññamaññaṁ aṅgulipatodakena sañjagghanti saṅkīḷanti’. [¶42] Take mendicants I see eat as much as they like until their bellies are full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing. I think to myself: ‘These venerables mustn’t get the pleasure of renunciation, the pleasure of seclusion, the pleasure of peace, the pleasure of awakening when they want, without trouble or difficulty like I can. That must be because they eat as much as they like until their bellies are full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing.’ > Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhū passāmi yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyutte viharante. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṁ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tathā hi paname āyasmanto yāvadatthaṁ udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṁ passasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ anuyuttā viharanti’. [¶43] Take a mendicant living within a village who I see sitting immersed in samādhi. I think to myself: ‘Now a monastery worker, a novice, or a fellow practitioner will make this venerable fall from immersion.’ So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village. > Pali: Idhāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi gāmantavihāriṁ samāhitaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idāni imaṁ āyasmantaṁ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati samaṇuddeso vā. Taṁ tamhā samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena. [¶44] Take a mendicant in the wilderness who I see sitting nodding in meditation. I think to myself: ‘Now this venerable, having dispelled that sleepiness and weariness, will focus just on the unified perception of wilderness.’ So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness. > Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ araññe pacalāyamānaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idāni ayamāyasmā imaṁ niddākilamathaṁ paṭivinodetvā araññasaññaṁyeva manasi karissati ekattan’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena. [¶45] Take a mendicant in the wilderness who I see sitting without being immersed in samādhi. I think to myself: ‘Now if this venerable’s mind is not immersed in samādhi they will immerse it; or if it is immersed in samādhi, they will preserve it.’ So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness. > Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ araññe asamāhitaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idāni ayamāyasmā asamāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ samādahissati, samāhitaṁ vā cittaṁ anurakkhissatī’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena. [¶46] Take a mendicant in the wilderness who I see sitting immersed in samādhi. I think to myself: ‘Now this venerable will free the unfreed mind or preserve the freed mind.’ So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness. > Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ araññe samāhitaṁ nisinnaṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, nāgita, evaṁ hoti: ‘idāni ayamāyasmā avimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ vimuccissati, vimuttaṁ vā cittaṁ anurakkhissatī’ti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena. [¶47] Take a mendicant who I see living within a village receiving robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. They come down to villages, towns, and capital cities and make their home there. So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village. > Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi gāmantavihāriṁ lābhiṁ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; gāmanigamarājadhāniṁ osaritvā vāsaṁ kappeti. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena. [¶48] Take a mendicant who I see in the wilderness receiving robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest. So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness. > Pali: Idha panāhaṁ, nāgita, bhikkhuṁ passāmi āraññikaṁ lābhiṁ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ. So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena. [¶49] Nāgita, when I’m walking along a road and I don’t see anyone ahead or behind I feel relaxed, even if I need to urinate or defecate.” > Pali: Yasmāhaṁ, nāgita, samaye addhānamaggappaṭipanno na kañci passāmi purato vā pacchato vā, phāsu me, nāgita, tasmiṁ samaye hoti antamaso uccārapassāvakammāyā”ti. [¶50] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶51] AN 8.87 · Turning the Bowl Upside Down > Pali: AN 8.87 · Pattanikujjanasutta [¶52] “Mendicants, the Saṅgha may, if it wishes, turn the bowl upside down for a lay follower on eight grounds. What eight? They try to prevent the mendicants from getting material things. They try to harm mendicants. They try to drive mendicants from a monastery. They insult and abuse mendicants. They divide mendicants against each other. They criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, turn the bowl upside down for a lay follower on these eight grounds. > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṁ nikkujjeyya. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṁ nikkujjeyya. [¶53] The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, turn the bowl upright for a lay follower on eight grounds. What eight? They don’t try to prevent the mendicants from getting material things. They don’t try to harm mendicants. They don’t try to drive mendicants from a monastery. They don’t insult and abuse mendicants. They don’t divide mendicants against each other. They don’t criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, turn the bowl upright for a lay follower on these eight grounds.” > Pali: Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṁ ukkujjeyya. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, na bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, na bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati, na bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, na bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti, buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṁ ukkujjeyyā”ti. [¶54] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶55] AN 8.88 · A Proclamation of No Confidence > Pali: AN 8.88 · Appasādapavedanīyasutta [¶56] “Mendicants, the lay followers may, if they wish, make a proclamation of no confidence in a mendicant who has eight qualities. What eight? They try to prevent laypeople from getting material things. They try to harm laypeople. They insult and abuse laypeople. They divide lay people against each other. They criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They’re seen at an inappropriate place for collecting alms. The lay followers may, if they wish, make a proclamation of no confidence in a mendicant who possesses these eight qualities. > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā appasādaṁ pavedeyyuṁ. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Gihīnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, gihīnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, gihī akkosati paribhāsati, gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, agocare ca naṁ passanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā appasādaṁ pavedeyyuṁ. [¶57] The lay followers may, if they wish, make a proclamation of confidence in a mendicant who has eight qualities. What eight? They don’t try to prevent laypeople from getting material things. They don’t try to harm laypeople. They don’t insult and abuse laypeople. They don’t divide laypeople against each other. They don’t criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They’re not seen at an inappropriate place for collecting alms. The lay followers may, if they wish, make a proclamation of confidence in a mendicant who possesses these eight qualities.” > Pali: Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā pasādaṁ pavedeyyuṁ. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na gihīnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, na gihīnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, na gihī akkosati paribhāsati, na gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, gocare ca naṁ passanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā pasādaṁ pavedeyyun”ti. [¶58] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶59] AN 8.89 · Reconciliation > Pali: AN 8.89 · Paṭisāraṇīyasutta [¶60] “Mendicants, the Saṅgha may, if it wishes, perform an act requiring that a mendicant who has eight qualities should pursue reconciliation. What eight? They try to prevent laypeople from getting material things. They try to harm laypeople. They insult and abuse lay people. They divide laypeople against each other. They criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They don’t keep a legitimate promise made to a layperson. The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, perform an act requiring that a mendicant who has eight qualities should pursue reconciliation. > Pali: “Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyakammaṁ kareyya. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Gihīnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, gihīnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, gihī akkosati paribhāsati, gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammikañca gihipaṭissavaṁ na saccāpeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyaṁ kammaṁ kareyya. [¶61] The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, revoke the act requiring that a mendicant who has eight qualities should pursue reconciliation. What eight? They don’t try to prevent the laypeople from getting material things. They don’t try to harm laypeople. They don’t insult and abuse laypeople. They don’t divide laypeople against each other. They don’t criticize the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They keep a legitimate promise made to a layperson. The Saṅgha may, if it wishes, revoke the act requiring that a mendicant who has eight qualities should pursue reconciliation.” > Pali: Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyakammaṁ paṭippassambheyya. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na gihīnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, na gihīnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, na gihī akkosati paribhāsati, na gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, dhammikañca gihipaṭissavaṁ saccāpeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyakammaṁ paṭippassambheyyā”ti. [¶62] > Pali: Navamaṁ. ## 18. Abbreviated Texts Beginning With Greed · AN 8.118–8.148–627 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/18/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-8/18/#p-N [¶0] AN 8.118 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (1st) > Pali: AN 8.118 · ~ [¶1] “For insight into greed, eight things should be developed. What eight? Right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right immersion. For insight into greed, these eight things should be developed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame aṭṭha? Sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. [¶2] AN 8.119 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (2nd) > Pali: AN 8.119 · ~ [¶3] “For insight into greed, eight things should be developed. What eight? Perceiving form internally, they see forms externally, limited, both pretty and ugly. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ Perceiving form internally, they see forms externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly. … Not perceiving form internally, they see forms externally, limited, both pretty and ugly. … Not perceiving form internally, they see forms externally, limitless, both pretty and ugly. … Not perceiving form internally, they see forms externally, blue, with blue color and blue appearance. … yellow … red … Not perceiving form internally, they see forms externally, white, with white color and white appearance. Mastering them, they perceive: ‘I know and see.’ For insight into greed, these eight things should be developed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame aṭṭha? Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni pītāni pītavaṇṇāni …pe… lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni …pe… odātāni odātavaṇṇāni …pe… odātanibhāsāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā”. [¶4] AN 8.120 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (3rd) > Pali: AN 8.120 · ~ [¶5] “For insight into greed, eight things should be developed. What eight? Having physical form, they see forms … not perceiving form internally, they see forms externally … they’re focused only on beauty … going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space … going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness … going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness … going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception … going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling … For insight into greed, these eight things should be developed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, subhanteva adhimutto hoti, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā”. [¶6] AN 8.121–147 · Untitled Discourses on Greed > Pali: AN 8.121–147 · ~ [¶7] “For the complete understanding of greed … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … letting go … these eight things should be developed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya …pe… parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya …pe… ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā”. [¶8] AN 8.148–627 · Untitled Discourses on Hate, Etc. > Pali: AN 8.148–627 · ~ [¶9] “For insight into hate … delusion … anger … acrimony … disdain … contempt … jealousy … stinginess … deceitfulness … deviousness … obstinacy … aggression … conceit … arrogance … vanity … > Pali: “Dosassa …pe… mohassa … kodhassa … upanāhassa … makkhassa … paḷāsassa … issāya … macchariyassa … māyāya … sāṭheyyassa … thambhassa … sārambhassa … mānassa … atimānassa … madassa … [¶10] For insight into negligence … complete understanding … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … For the letting go of negligence these eight things should be developed.” > Pali: pamādassa abhiññāya …pe… pariññāya … parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya …pe… ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. [¶11] > Pali: Rāgapeyyālaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. [¶12] The Book of the Eights is finished. > Pali: Aṭṭhakanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā.